# Patent

## Title
Processes for preparing dihydropyrimidine derivatives and intermediates thereof

## Abstract

The present invention refers to processes for preparing a dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (1a), as well as a intermediate thereof. The process of the invention has simple operation, high optical purity of product, high yield and convenient work-up, which is suitable for industrial production.

## Background
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This is a U.S. national stage application of the International Patent Application No. PCT/CN2014/092400, filed Nov. 27, 2014, which claims priorities to Chinese Patent Application No. 201310636920.8, filed Nov. 27, 2013, and No. 201410121009.8, filed Mar. 27, 2014, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
FIELD
The invention refers to a chemical medicine field. Specifically, the invention relates to processes for preparation of optically pure dihydropyrimidine derivatives and optically pure dihydropyrimidine intermediates thereof.
BACKGROUND
The hepatitis B virus belongs to the family of hepadnaviridae. It can cause acute and/or persistent or progressive chronic diseases. Many other clinical manifestations in the pathological morphology can also be caused by HBV—in particular chronic hepatitis, cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma. Additionally, coinfection with hepatitis D virus may have adverse effects on the progress of the disease.
The conventional medicaments approved to be used for treating chronic hepatitis are interferon and lamivudine. However, the interferon has just moderate activity but has an adverse side reaction. Although lamivudine has good activity, its resistance develops rapidly during the treatment and relapse effects often appear after the treatment has stopped. The IC50 value of lamivudine (3-TC) is 300 nM (Science, 2003, 299, 893-896).
PCT Publication No. WO2008154817 discloses a series of compounds used for preventing, managing, treating or lessening a viral disease in a patient, particularly HBV infection or a related disease. The patent also provides the processes for preparation of specific compounds, such as 4-(R,S)-ethyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate as shown in Formula (Ib).




PCT Publication No. WO2008009210 discloses a series of optically pure compounds, which used for preventing, managing, treating or lessening an acute or chronic viral disease in a patient, particularly an acute or chronic HBV disease. The patent also provides the processes for preparation of specific compounds, such as (R)-ethyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate.
Dihydropyrimidine derivatives can be prepared by several methods described in prior arts, such as patents WO1999054329, WO2008154817, WO2001068641, WO2010069147, and so on. But the process of preparation of optically pure dihydropyrimidine compounds described herein has not been yet be published.
SUMMARY
The invention refers to a process for preparing a dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia),




wherein each R1 and R2 is independently F, Cl, or Br;
R3 is C1-4 alkyl;
Z is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t, or —N(R4)—;
Y is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t—, —(CH2)q—, or —N(R5)—;
each t and q is independently 0, 1, or 2;
each of R4 and R5 is independently H or C1-4 alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, deuterium, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8 or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a);
each R7a and R7 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; or R7a and R7, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 cycloalkyl group, C2-9 heterocyclyl group, or —(C═O)—;
each R8 and R8a is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, amino-C1-4-alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl, C1-9 heteroaryl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl-C1-6-alkyl, C1-9 heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-S(═O)q—, C1-9 heteroaryl-S(═O)q—, C3-6 cycloalkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl-S(═O)q—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H;
each R9 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkylthio, C3-6 cycloalkyl, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a), or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8;
R10 is H or deuterium;
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5; each m is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4; f is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and j is 0, 1, or 2.
Two preparation methods of a dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I) or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia) are depicted in the following schemes,




Method One
A dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia) can be prepared by a general synthetic procedure illustrated through method one in Scheme 1, wherein R1, R2, Z, R9, j, f, R6, n, Y and R10 are as defined herein; wherein R3a is H or C1-3 alkyl; R3b is methoxy or ethoxy. The method one comprises the following steps of: reacting a compound (VIIIa) with a compound (IX) to obtain a compound (IVa); step (A): reacting a compound (II) or a salt thereof with a compound (III) and the compound (IVa) to obtain a compound (Va) (according to some embodiments of the present invention, the reaction of the step (A) may be an one-pot reaction); step (B): halogenating the compound (Va) to form a halide; and then reacting the halide with a compound (VI), or a salt thereof to obtain a compound (VIIa); step (C): forming a compound (I) or compound (Ia) from the compound (VIIa) in the presence of a base (according to some embodiments of the present invention, the reaction of the step (C) may be a transesterification).




Method Two
A dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia) can be prepared by a general synthetic procedure illustrated through method two in Scheme 2, wherein R1, R2, Z, R9, j, f, R6, n, Y, R10, R3a and R3b are as defined herein. The method two comprises the following steps of: step (1): reacting the compound (Va) in the presence of a base to obtain a compound (X) (according to some embodiments of the present invention, the reaction of the step (1) may be a transesterification); step (2): halogenating the compound (X) to form a halide; and then reacting the halide with a compound (VI) or a salt thereof to obtain a compound (I) or compound (Ia).
The method one depicted in scheme 1 and the method two depicted in scheme 2 comprises introducing a new chiral center to the mother nucleus of the compound, and splitting the diastereomers based on the difference in the solubility of the diastereomers; at last, removing the new chiral center from the mother nucleus through transesterification, then a compound may be obtained and in some embodiments of the present invention, the obtained compound may be optically pure. These methods have advantages of convenient work-up, high optical purity of product, and high yield. In addition, the processes of the invention have cheap raw material, mild reaction conditions, simplified operational procedure, controlled safely and they are suited for industrial production.
The present invention also refers to an intermediate comprising a dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (Va), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Va1), or a salt thereof, or a combination thereof,




wherein each R1, R2, f, Z, R9, j, R10, R3a and R3b is as defined herein.
In one aspect, provided herein is a process for preparing a dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia) (such as the method one depicted in scheme 1)




wherein each R1 and R2 is independently F, Cl, or Br;
R3 is C1-4 alkyl;
Z is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t—, or —N(R4)—;
Y is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t—, —(CH2)q—, or —N(R5)—;
each t and q is independently 0, 1, or 2;
each of R4 and R5 is independently H, or C1-4 alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, deuterium, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a);
each R7a and R7 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; or R7a and R7, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 cycloalkyl group, C2-9 heterocyclyl group, or —(C═O)—;
each R8 and R8a is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, amino-C1-4-alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl, C1-9 heteroaryl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl-C1-6-alkyl, C1-9 heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-S(═O)q—, C1-9 heteroaryl-S(═O)q—, C3-6 cycloalkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl-S(═O)q—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H;
each R9 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkylthio, C3-6 cycloalkyl, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a), or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8;
R10 is H or deuterium;
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
each m is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
f is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
j is 0, 1, or 2;
wherein the process comprises the steps of:
step (A): reacting an amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof with an aldehyde compound of Formula (III) and a compound of Formula (IVa) to obtain a compound (Va) (according to some embodiments of the present invention, the reaction of step (A) may be an one-pot reaction),




wherein R3b is methoxy or ethoxy; R3a is H or C1-3 alkyl;
step (B): halogenating the compound of Formula (Va) to form a halide; and then reacting the halide with a compound of Formula (VI), or a salt thereof to obtain a compound of Formula (VIIa),




and

step (C): forming the compound of Formula (I) or Formula (Ia) from the compound of Formula (VIIa) by means of a transesterification, and the transesterification may be carried out in the presence of a base.
In some embodiments, the dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I-1), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-1),




wherein, each R6 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a);
each R7a and R7 is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; and
each R1, R2, R3, Z, n, Y, m, q, R8a, t and R8 is as defined herein;
According to embodiments of present invention, the method one for preparing the dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I-1), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-1) comprises the steps of:
step (A) reacting an amidine compound of Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof with an aldehyde compound of Formula (III-1) and the compound of Formula (IVa) to obtain a compound (Va-1) (according to some embodiments of the present invention, the reaction of the step (A) may be an one-pot reaction).




wherein R3a and R3b are as defined in Formula (Va-1) disclosed herein;
step (B): halogenating the compound of Formula (Va-1) to form a halide; and then reacting the halide with a compound of Formula (VI) or a salt thereof to obtain a compound of Formula (VIIa-1),




and

step (C): forming the compound of Formula (I-1) or Formula (Ia-1) from the compound of Formula (VIIa-1) by means of a transesterification, wherein the transesterification may be carried out in the presence of a base.
In some embodiments, the dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I-2), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-2),




wherein R1 is F or Cl; and R2 is Cl or Br; R3, Z, n, R6 and Y are as defined herein;
According to embodiments of present invention, the method one for preparing the dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I-2), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-2) comprises the steps of:
step (A): reacting an amidine compound of Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof with an aldehyde compound of Formula (III-2) and the compound of Formula (IVa) to obtain a compound (Va-2) (according to some embodiments of the present invention, the reaction of the step (A) may be an one-pot reaction),




wherein R3a and R3b are as defined in Formula (Va-1) disclosed herein;
step (B): halogenating the compound of Formula (Va-2) to form a halide; and then reacting the halide with a compound of Formula (VI), or a salt thereof to obtain a compound of Formula (VIIa-2),




and

step (C): forming the compound of Formula (I-2) or Formula (Ia-2) from the compound of Formula (VIIa-2) by means of a transesterification, wherein the transesterification may be carried out in the presence of a base.
According to embodiments of present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, in some embodiments, the R3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, or butyl; Z is —O—, —S—, or —N(CH3)—; Y is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)2, or —(CH2)q—; each R6 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8 or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)N(R8R8a); each R7a and R7 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; each R8 and R8a is independently H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, aminomethyl, methoxy, C1-4 alkyl-S(═O)2—, phenyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, diazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyranyl, triazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl-S(═O)2—, cyclobutyl-S(═O)2—, cyclopentyl-S(═O)2—, cyclohexyl-S(═O)2—, naphthyl-S(═O)2—, phenyl-S(═O)2—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H; R3b is methoxy or ethoxy; and R3a is H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or propyl.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the reaction in step (A) is performed at a temperature from 25° C. to 154° C. In some other embodiments, the reaction in step (A) is performed at a temperature from 60° C. to 100° C.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the one-pot reaction in step (A) is performed at a temperature, in some embodiments, the reaction temperature is from 25° C. to 154° C. In other embodiments, the reaction temperature is from 30° C. to 154° C. In still other embodiments, the reaction temperature is from 60° C. to 100° C. In yet other embodiments, the reaction temperature is 25° C., 30° C., 40° C., 56° C., 60° C., 64° C., 65° C., 77° C., 78° C., 80° C., 82° C., 100° C., 110° C., 120° C., 130° C., 140° C. or 154° C.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the step (A) further comprises a step of cooling the resulting compound of Formula (Va) of step (A) to obtain a solid compound of Formula (Va) at a cooling temperature from −40° C. to 40° C. In some other embodiments, the cooling temperature is from 25° C. to 40° C. In some embodiments, the cooling is performed for a period of from 0 hour to 24 hours. In some other embodiments, the cooling is performed for from 1 minute to 24 hours. In still other embodiments, the cooling is performed for from 1 hour to 8 hours.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the cooling in step (A) is carried out at a temperature, in some embodiments, the cooling temperature is from −50° C. to 60° C. In other embodiments, the cooling temperature is from −40° C. to 40° C. In other embodiments, the cooling temperature is from −30° C. to 40° C. In other embodiments, the cooling temperature is from −20° C. to 40° C. In other embodiments, the cooling temperature is from −10° C. to 40° C. In still other embodiments, the cooling temperature is from 0° C. to 40° C. In yet other embodiments, the cooling temperature is from 25° C. to 40° C. In yet other embodiments, the cooling temperature is −50° C., −40° C., −30° C., −20° C., −15° C., −10° C., −5° C., 0° C., 5° C., 10° C., 15° C., 20° C., 25° C., 30° C., 35° C., 40° C., 50° C. or 60° C.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the cooling temperature in step (A) is kept for a period of time, in some embodiments, the period of time is from 0 hour to 30 hours. In other embodiments, the period of time is from 0 hour to 24 hours. In other embodiments, the period of time is from 1 minute to 24 hours. In other embodiments, the period of time is from 1 hour to 12 hours. In other embodiments, the period of time is from 1 hour to 10 hours. In other embodiments, the period of time is from 1 hour to 8 hours. In still other embodiments, the period of time is from 1 hour to 6 hours. In yet other embodiments, the period of time is 0 hour, 1 minute, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 10 hours, 12 hours, 14 hours, 16 hours, 18 hours, 20 hours, 22 hours, 24 hours or 30 hours.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the amidine compound of Formula (II) reacts with the aldehyde compound of Formula (III) and the compound of Formula (IVa) in a first organic solvent. In some embodiments, the first organic solvent is applied in an amount of 0 equivalent to 80 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of the amidine compound of Formula (II) or a salt thereof. In some other embodiments, the first organic solvent is applied in an amount of 1 equivalent to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of the amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the first organic solvent in step (A) is applied in an amount, in some embodiments, the amount is 0 equivalent to 80 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In other embodiments, the amount is 1 equivalent to 80 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In other embodiments, the amount is 1 equivalent to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In other embodiments, the amount is 2 equivalents to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In other embodiments, the amount is 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In still other embodiments, the amount is 3 equivalents to 10 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In yet other embodiments, the amount is 0, 1, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 15, 16, 18, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 or 80 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the step (A) further comprises a step of purifying the solid compound of Formula (Va). In some embodiments, the solid compound of Formula (Va) is purified by at least one of the following methods: (1) trituration; (2) recrystallization; (3) washing.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, the purification is carried out in a second organic solvent. In some embodiments, the second organic solvent is applied in an amount of 2 equivalent to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of the amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the trituration is carried out at a temperature from −20° C. to 50° C. In some embodiments, the trituration is carried out at a temperature from 0° C. to 40° C.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the recrystallization comprises a crystallization process at a temperature from −30° C. to 40° C. In some embodiments, the crystallization process is carried out at a temperature from 0° C. to 40° C. In some embodiments, the recrystallization comprises a crystallization process of from 1 hour to 20 hours. In some other embodiments, the recrystallization comprises a crystallization process of from 1 hour to 10 hours.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the washing is performed at a temperature from 0° C. to 30° C.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the compound of Formula (Va), Formula (Va-1), or Formula (Va-2) obtained in step (A) is further purified before step (B). In some embodiments, the compound is further purified by triturating with a second organic solvent. In some embodiments, the trituration is carried out at a temperature from −20° C. to 50° C. In other embodiments, the trituration temperature is from 0° C. to 40° C. In other embodiments, the trituration temperature is from 5° C. to 40° C. In still other embodiments, the trituration temperature is from 25° C. to 40° C. In yet other embodiments, the trituration temperature is −20° C., −10° C., 0° C., 5° C., 10° C., 25° C., 30° C., 35° C., 40° C. or 50° C.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the compound of Formula (Va), Formula (Va-1), or Formula (Va-2) obtained in step (A) is further purified before step (B). In some embodiments, the compound is further purified by recrystallizing from a second organic solvent. In some embodiments, the recrystallization has a crystallization process at a temperature from −30° C. to 50° C. In other embodiments, the crystallization temperature is from −30° C. to 40° C. In other embodiments, the crystallization temperature is from −10° C. to 40° C. In other embodiments, the crystallization temperature is from −10° C. to 30° C. In other embodiments, the crystallization temperature is from 0° C. to 40° C. In other embodiments, the crystallization temperature is from 0° C. to 30° C. In other embodiments, the crystallization temperature is −30° C., −20° C., −10° C., 0° C., 5° C., 10° C., 15° C., 20° C., 25° C., 30° C., 35° C., 40° C. or 50° C. In some embodiments, the recrystallization has a crystallization process taking a period of time from 1 hour to 20 hours. In other embodiments, the period of time is from 2 hours to 18 hours. In still other embodiments, the period of time is from 1 hour to 10 hours. In yet other embodiments, the period of time is 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 12 hours, 14 hours, 16 hours, 18 hours or 20 hours.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the compound of Formula (Va), Formula (Va-1), or Formula (Va-2) obtained in step (A) is further purified before step (B). In some embodiments, the compound is further purified by washing with a second organic solvent. In some embodiments, the washing is performed at a temperature from 5° C. to 40° C. In other embodiments, the washing temperature is from 0° C. to 30° C. In still other embodiments, the washing temperature is −20° C., −10° C., 0° C., 10° C., 20° C., 25° C., 30° C., 35° C., 40° C. or 50° C.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the second organic solvent used in the further purification before step (B) is applied in an amount, in some embodiments, the amount is about 0 equivalent to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In other embodiments, the amount is about 1 equivalent to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In other embodiments, the amount is about 2 equivalents to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In other embodiments, the amount is about 2 equivalents to 15 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In still other embodiments, the amount is about 2 equivalents to 10 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof. In yet other embodiments, the amount is about 0, 1, 2, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5, 5, 6, 7, 7.5, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 18, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 or 80 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of an amidine compound of Formula (II), or Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, in some embodiments, each of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is independently a C1-4 alcohol, a C1-4 alcohol-water, acetone, diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, n-hexane, a C1-4 haloalkane, ethyl acetate, trifluoroethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2-methoxyethyl ether, N,N-dimethyl formamide, N-methylpyrolidone, or a combination thereof. In other embodiments, each of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is independently methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, an ethanol-water mixture at a volume ratio of from 10:90 to 90:10, an ethanol-water mixture at a volume ratio of 50:50, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, N-methylpyrolidone, trifluoroethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2-methoxyethyl ether, ethyl acetate, glycol, N,N-dimethyl formamide, or a combination thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method one disclosed herein, the halogenating in step (B) is carried out in a third organic solvent, in some embodiments, the third organic solvent is one or more C1-4 alcohols, one or more C1-4 haloalkanes, acetonitrile, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, toluene, xylene, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, acetone, or a combination thereof. In other embodiments, the third organic solvent is dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrachloromethane, acetonitrile, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, ethyl acetate, acetone, or a combination thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, the method one disclosed herein, in some embodiments, the halogenating reaction in step (B) is carried out in the presence of a halogenating agent, and wherein the halogenating agent is N-bromosuccinimide, N-chlorosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, or 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, or a combination thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, the method one disclosed herein, in some embodiments, the base used in step (C) is formed by reacting lithium, sodium, or potassium or a combination thereof with a C1-4 alcohol.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, the method one disclosed herein, in some embodiments, the C1-4 alcohol for forming the base used in step (C) by reacting with lithium, sodium, or potassium, or a combination thereof is methanol, ethanol, propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, i-butanol, or tert-butanol.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, the method one disclosed herein, each of the lithium, sodium and potassium or a combination thereof for forming a base used in step (C) by reacting with a C1-4 alcohol is independently applied in an amount, in some embodiments, the amount is 0.1 equivalent to 10 equivalents per 1 equivalent by mole of a compound of Formula (VIIa), Formula (VIIa-1), or Formula (VIIa-2). In other embodiments, the amount is 2 equivalents to 6 equivalents per 1 equivalent by mole of a compound of Formula (VIIa), Formula (VIIa-1), or Formula (VIIa-2). In still other embodiments, the amount is 2.5 equivalents to 6 equivalents per 1 equivalent by mole of a compound of Formula (VIIa), Formula (VIIa-1), or Formula (VIIa-2). In yet other embodiments, the amount is 0.1, 0.5, 1, 2, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 equivalents per 1 equivalent by mole of a compound of Formula (VIIa), Formula (VIIa-1), or Formula (VIIa-2).
According to some embodiments of the present invention, the method one disclosed herein, in some embodiments, the compound of Formula (IVa) in step (A) is prepared by a process comprising reacting a compound of Formula (VIIIa) with a compound of Formula (IX),




wherein R3a and R3b are as defined herein.
In one aspect, provided herein is an intermediate comprising a dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (Va), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Va1), or a salt thereof, or a combination thereof,




wherein each R1 and R2 is independently F, Cl, or Br;
R3b is methoxy or ethoxy;
R3a is H or C1-3 alkyl;
each R9 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkylthio, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a), or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8;
each R7a and R7 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; or R7a and R7, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 cycloalkyl group, C2-9 heterocyclyl group, or —(C═O)—;
each R8 and R8a is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, amino-C1-4-alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl, C1-9 heteroaryl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl-C1-6-alkyl, C1-9 heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-S(═O)q—, C1-9 heteroaryl-S(═O)q—, C3-6 cycloalkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl-S(═O)q—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H;
each m is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
R10 is H or deuterium;
f is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
j is 0, 1, or 2;
Z is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t, or —N(R4)—;
t is 0, 1, or 2; and
R4 is H or C1-4 alkyl;
In some embodiments, provided herein is the intermediate having Formula (Va-1), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Va1-1), or a salt thereof, or a combination thereof,




wherein R3a, R3b, R1, R2 and Z are as defined herein.
In some embodiments, provided herein is the intermediate having Formula (Va-2), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Va1-2), or a salt thereof, or a combination thereof,




wherein R1 is F or Cl; and R2 is Cl or Br;
Z is —O—, —S—, or —N(CH3)—;
R3b is methoxy or ethoxy; and
R3a is H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or propyl.
In other aspect, provided herein is a process for preparing a dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia), or a combination thereof, (such as the method two depicted in scheme 2),




wherein each R1 and R2 is independently F, Cl, or Br;
R3 is C1-4 alkyl;
Z is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t—, or —N(R4)—;
Y is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t—, —(CH2)q-, or —N(R5)—;
each t and q is independently 0, 1, or 2;
each of R4 and R5 is independently H, or C1-4 alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, deuterium, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—(C═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)N(R8R8a);
each R7a and R7 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; or R7a and R7, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 cycloalkyl group, C2-9 heterocyclyl group, or —(C═O)—;
each R8 and R8a is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, amino-C1-4-alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl, C1-9 heteroaryl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl-C1-6-alkyl, C1-9 heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-S(═O)q—, C1-9 heteroaryl-S(═O)q—, C3-6 cycloalkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl-S(═O)q—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H;
each R9 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkylthio, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a), or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8;
R10 is H or deuterium;
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
each m is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
f is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
j is 0, 1, or 2;
wherein the process comprises the steps of:
step (1): reacting an amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof with an aldehyde compound of Formula (III) and a compound of Formula (IVa) to obtain a compound (Va) (according to some embodiments of present invention, the reaction of the step (A) may be, but not limited to an one-pot reaction),




step (2): forming a compound of Formula (X) from a compound of Formula (Va) by means of a transesterification, and the transesterification may be carried out in the presence of a base,




wherein R3b is methoxy or ethoxy; and
R3a is H or C1-3 alkyl;
step (3): halogenating the compound of Formula (X) to form a halide; and then reacting the halide with a compound of Formula (VI), or a salt thereof to obtain a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (Ia).




In other embodiments, the dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I-1), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-1),




wherein each R6 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)N(R8R8a);
each R7a and R7 is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; and
each R1, R2, R3, Z, n, Y, m, q, R8a, t and R8 is as defined herein;
According to some embodiments of the present invention, the method two for preparing the optically pure dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I-1), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-1) comprises the steps of:
step (1): reacting an amidine compound of Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof with an aldehyde compound of Formula (III-1) and the compound of Formula (IVa) to obtain a compound (Va-1) (according to some embodiments of present invention, the reaction of the step (A) may be an one-pot reaction).




step (2): forming a compound of Formula (X-1) from a compound of Formula (Va-1) by means of a transesterification, wherein the transesterification may be carried out in the presence of a base,




wherein R3a and R3b are as defined herein;
step (3): halogenating the compound of Formula (X-1) to form a halide; and then reacting the intermediate with a compound of Formula (VI), or a salt thereof to obtain a compound of Formula (I-1) or Formula (Ia-1).




In other embodiments, the dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I-2), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-2),




wherein R1 is F or Cl; and R2 is Cl or Br; R3, Z, n, Y and R6 are as defined herein;
According to some embodiments of the present invention, the method two for preparing the dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I-2), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-2) comprises the steps of:
step (1): reacting an amidine compound of Formula (II-1), or a salt thereof with an aldehyde compound of Formula (III-2) and the compound of Formula (IVa) to obtain a compound (Va-2) (according to some embodiments of the present invention, the reaction of the step (A) may be an one-pot reaction),




step (2): forming a compound of Formula (X-2) from a compound of Formula (Va-2) by means of a transesterification, wherein the transesterification may be carried out in the presence of a base,




wherein R3a and R3b are as defined herein;
step (3): halogenating the compound of Formula (X-2) to form a halide; and then reacting the halide with a compound of Formula (VI), or a salt thereof to obtain a compound of Formula (I-2) or Formula (Ia-2).




According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, in some embodiments, the R3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, or butyl; Z is —O—, —S—, or —N(CH3)—; Y is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)2, or —(CH2)q—; each R6 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8 or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)N(R8R8a); each R7a and R7 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; each R8 and R8a is independently H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, aminomethyl, methoxy, C1-4 alkyl-S(═O)2—, phenyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, diazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyranyl, triazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl-S(═O)2—, cyclobutyl-S(═O)2—, cyclopentyl-S(═O)2—, cyclohexyl-S(═O)2—, naphthyl-S(═O)2—, phenyl-S(═O)2—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H; R3b is methoxy or ethoxy; and R3a is H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or propyl.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, the reaction in step (1) is performed at a temperature from 25° C. to 154° C. In some other embodiments, the reaction in step (1) is performed at a temperature from 60° C. to 100° C.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, the step (1) further comprises the step of cooling the resulting compound (Va) of step (1) to obtain a solid compound (Va) at a cooling temperature from −40° C. to 40° C. In other embodiments, the cooling temperature is from 25° C. to 40° C. In some embodiments, the cooling is performed for a period of from 0 hour to 24 hours. In some other embodiments, the cooling is performed for from 1 minute to 24 hours. In still other embodiments, the cooling is performed for from 1 hour to 8 hours.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, the amidine compound of Formula (II) reacts with the aldehyde compound of Formula (III) and the compound of Formula (IVa) in a first organic solvent. In some embodiments, the first organic solvent is applied in an amount of 0 equivalent to 80 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of the amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof. In some other embodiments, the first organic solvent is applied in an amount of 1 equivalent to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of the amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, step (1) further comprises the step of purifying the solid compound (Va). In some embodiments, the solid compound of Formula (Va) is purified by at least one of the following methods: (1) trituration; (2) recrystallization; (3) washing.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, the purification is carried out in a second organic solvent. In some embodiments, the second organic solvent is applied in an amount of 2 equivalent to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of the amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, the trituration is carried out at a temperature from −20° C. to 50° C. In some embodiments, the trituration is carried out at a temperature from 0° C. to 40° C.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, the recrystallization comprises a crystallization process at a temperature from −30° C. to 40° C. In some embodiments, the crystallization process is carried out at a temperature from 0° C. to 40° C. In some embodiments, the recrystallization comprises a crystallization process of from 1 hour to 20 hours. In some other embodiments, the recrystallization comprises a crystallization process of from 1 hour to 10 hours.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, the washing is performed at a temperature from 0° C. to 30° C.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, in some embodiments, each of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is independently a C1-4 alcohol, a C1-4 alcohol-water, acetone, diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, n-hexane, C1-4 haloalkanes solvent, ethyl acetate, trifluoroethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2-methoxyethyl ether, N,N-dimethyl formamide, N-methylpyrolidone, or a combination thereof. In some other embodiments, each of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is independently methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, an ethanol-water mixture at a volume ratio from 10:90 to 90:10, an ethanol-water mixture at a volume ratio from 50:50, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, N-methylpyrolidone, trifluoroethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2-methoxyethyl ether, ethyl acetate, glycol, N,N-dimethyl formamide, or a combination thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, in some embodiments, the base used in step (2) is formed by reacting lithium, sodium, or potassium or a combination thereof with a C1-4 alcohol.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, in some embodiments, the C1-4 alcohol for forming the base used in step (2) by reacting with lithium, sodium, or potassium, or a combination thereof is methanol, ethanol, propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, i-butanol, or tert-butanol.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, each of the lithium, sodium and potassium, or a combination thereof for forming the base used in step (2) by reacting with a C1-4 alcohol is independently applied in an amount, in some embodiments, the amount is 0.5 equivalent to 10 equivalents per 1 equivalent by mole of a compound of Formula (Va), Formula (Va-1), or Formula (Va-2). In other embodiments, the amount is 2 equivalents to 8 equivalents per 1 equivalent by mole of a compound of Formula (Va), Formula (Va-1), or Formula (Va-2). In still other embodiments, the amount is 2.5 equivalents to 8 equivalents per 1 equivalent by mole of a compound of Formula (Va), Formula (Va-1), or Formula (Va-2). In yet other embodiments, the amount is 0.5, 1, 2.5, 3, 3.5, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 equivalents per 1 equivalent by mole of a compound of Formula (Va), Formula (Va-1), or Formula (Va-2).
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, the halogenating reaction in step (3) is carried out in a forth organic solvent, in some embodiments, the forth organic solvent is one or more C1-4 alcohols, one or more C1-4 haloalkanes, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, toluene, xylene, tetrahydrofuran, acetone, or a combination thereof. In other embodiments, the forth organic solvent is dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrachloromethane, acetonitrile, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, ethyl acetate, acetone, or a combination thereof.
According to some embodiments of the present invention, in the method two disclosed herein, in some embodiments, the halogenating reaction in step (2) is carried out in the presence of a halogenating agent, and wherein the halogenating agent is N-bromosuccinimide, N-chlorosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, or 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, or a combination thereof.
DEFINITIONS AND GENERAL TERMINOLOGY
The term “alkyl” or “alk-” or “alkyl group” as used interchangeably in the context of the present invention, such as in alkyl, aminoalkyl, alkyamino, alkylthio or alkoxy, refers to a saturated linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of 1 to 10 carbon atoms. Wherein, the alkyl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the alkyl group contains 1-10 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, the alkyl group contains 1-6 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, the alkyl group contains 1-4 carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, the alkyl group contains 1-3 carbon atoms.
Some non-limiting examples of the alkyl group include, methyl (Me, —CH3), ethyl (Et, —CH2CH3), n-propyl (n-Pr, —CH2CH2CH3), isopropyl (i-Pr, —CH(CH3)2), n-butyl (n-Bu, —CH2CH2CH2CH3), isobutyl (i-Bu, —CH2CH(CH3)2), sec-butyl (s-Bu, —CH(CH3)CH2CH3), tert-butyl (t-Bu, —C(CH3)3), n-pentyl (—CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-pentyl (—CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3), 3-pentyl (—CH(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-2-butyl (—C(CH3)2CH2CH3), 3-methyl-2-butyl (—CH(CH3)CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-1-butyl (—CH2CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-methyl-1-butyl (—CH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3), n-hexyl (—CH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-hexyl (—CH(CH3)CH2CH2CH2CH3), 3-hexyl (—CH(CH2CH3)(CH2CH2CH3)), 2-methyl-2-pentyl (—C(CH3)2CH2CH2CH3), 3-methyl-2-pentyl (—CH(CH3)CH(CH3)CH2CH3), 4-methyl-2-pentyl (—CH(CH3)CH2CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-3-pentyl (—C(CH3)(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-3-pentyl (—CH(CH2CH3)CH(CH3)2), 2,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (—C(CH3)2CH(CH3)2), 3,3-dimethyl-2-butyl (—CH(CH3)C(CH3)3, n-heptyl and n-octyl, etc.
The term “aminoalkyl” refers to a C1-10 linear or branched-chain alkyl group substituted with one or more amino groups. In some embodiments, the aminoalkyl group refers to a C1-6 aminoalkyl group, wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of the aminoalkyl group include aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, 2-aminoisopropyl, aminopropyl, aminobutyl and aminohexyl, etc.
The term “alkoxy” refers to an alkyl group attached to the rest part of the molecule through an oxygen atom, wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Unless otherwise specified, the alkoxy group contains 1-10 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, the alkoxy group contains 1-6 carbon atoms. In other embodiments, the alkoxy group contains 1-4 carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, the alkoxy group contains 1-3 carbon atoms. Some non-limiting examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy (MeO, —OCH3), ethoxy (EtO, —OCH2CH3), propoxy (n-PrO, n-propoxy, —OCH2CH2CH3), isopropoxy (i-PrO, i-propoxy, —OCH(CH3)2), n-butoxy (n-BuO, —OCH2CH2CH2CH3), 1-methyl-propoxy (s-BuO, s-butoxy, —OCH(CH3)CH2CH3), 2-methyl-1-propoxy (i-BuO, i-butoxy, —OCH2CH(CH3)2), tert-butoxy (t-BuO, t-butoxy, —OC(CH3)3), n-pentoxy (—OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 2-pentoxy (—OCH(CH3)CH2CH2CH3), 3-pentoxy (—OCH(CH2CH3)2), 2-methyl-2-butoxy (—OC(CH3)2CH2CH3), 3-methyl-2-butoxy (—OCH(CH3)CH(CH3)2), 3-methyl-1-butoxy (—OCH2CH2CH(CH3)2), 2-methyl-1-butoxy (—OCH2CH(CH3)CH2CH3) and n-hexyloxy (—OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), etc.
The terms “haloalkyl”, “haloalkenyl” and “haloalkoxy” respectively refer to alkyl, alkenyl or alkoxy, as the case may be, substituted with one or more halogen atoms. Wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and alkoxy are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of these groups include —CF3, —CH2Cl, —CH2CF3, —CH2CH2CF3, —OCF3, —OCHF2, —OCHCl2, —OCH2CHF2, —OCH2CHCl2 and —OCH(CH3)CHF2, etc.
The term “alkylamino” refers to “N-alkylamino” and “N,N-dialkylamino” wherein amino groups are independently substituted with one alkyl radical or two alkyl radicals, respectively. Wherein the amino group and the alkyl group are as defined herein. In some embodiments, the alkylamino radical is “lower alkylamino” radical having one or two C1-6 alkyl groups attached to a nitrogen atom. In other embodiments, the alkylamino radical refers to C1-4 lower alkylamino group. In still other embodiments, the alkylamino radical refers to C1-3 lower alkylamino group. Some non-limiting examples of suitable alkylamino radical include mono or dialkylamino. Some examples include, but are not limited to, methylamino, ethylamino, isopropylamino, propylamino, tert-butylamino, n-butylamino, 1-methylpropylamino, n-pentylamino, n-hexylamino, N,N-dimethylamino and N,N-diethylamino, etc.
The term “alkylthio” refers to a radical containing a linear or branched-alkyl radical of one to ten carbon atoms, attached to a divalent sulfur atom. Wherein the alkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of the alkylthio group include methylthio (CH3S—) and ethylthio, etc.
The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a monovalent or multivalent saturated ring having 3 to 12 carbon atoms as a monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic ring system. Wherein, the cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents disclosed herein. In some embodiments, the cycloalkyl contains 3 to 12 carbon atoms. In still other embodiments, the cycloalkyl contains 3 to 8 carbon atoms. In yet other embodiments, the cycloalkyl contains 3 to 6 carbon atoms. Some examples include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cyclohendecyl and cyclododecyl, etc.
The term “cycloalkylalkyl” refers to an alkyl radical substituted with one or more cycloalkyl radicals, wherein the cycloalkyl and alkyl are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of the cycloalkylalkyl group include cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclopropylpropyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclobutylpropyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, cyclopentylpropyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl and cyclohexylpropyl, etc.
The term “cycloalkyloxy” or “cycloalkoxy” refers to a cycloalkyl group, attached to the rest part of the molecule through an oxygen atom. Wherein the cycloalkyl group is as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of the cycloalkyloxy group include cyclopropoxy, cyclopentyloxy and cyclohexyloxy, etc.
The term “cycloalkylamino” refers to an amino group is substituted with one or two cycloalkyl radicals. Some non-limiting examples of such radical include cyclopropylamino, cyclobutylamino, cyclopentylamino and cyclohexylamino, etc. In some embodiments, the cycloalkyl of cycloalkylamino group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents disclosed herein.
The term “heterocyclyl” refers to a saturated or unsaturation, nonaromatic, monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic ring system in which at least one ring member is selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. Wherein, the heterocyclyl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents disclosed herein. Unless otherwise specified, the heterocyclyl group may be carbon or nitrogen linked, and a —CH2— group can be optionally replaced by a —C(═O)— group. In which, the sulfur can be optionally oxygenized to S-oxide and the nitrogen can be optionally oxygenized to N-oxide. In some embodiments, the heterocyclyl group may be a C2-10 heterocyclyl group, which refers to a heterocyclyl group containing 2 to 10 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In other embodiments, the heterocyclyl group may be a C2-9 heterocyclyl group, which refers to a heterocyclyl group containing 2 to 9 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In still other embodiments, the heterocyclyl group may be a C2-7 heterocyclyl group, which refers to an heterocyclyl group containing 2 to 7 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In yet other embodiments, the heterocyclyl group may be a C2-5 heterocyclyl group, which refers to a heterocyclyl group containing 2 to 5 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. Some non-limiting examples of the heterocyclyl group include oxiranyl, thietanyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrothienyl, dihydropyranyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydropyrimidinyl, oxazinanyl, thiomorpholinyl and piperazinyl, etc. A —CH2— group of the heterocyclyl group may be substituted with —C(═O), some non-limiting examples of such group include 2-oxopyrrolidinyl, 2-piperidinonyl, 3-morpholinonyl, 3-thiomorpholinonyl and oxotetrahydropyrimidinyl, etc.
The term “heterocyclylalkyl” refers to a heterocyclyl group attached to the rest of the molecule through an alkyl group, wherein the heterocyclyl and alkyl are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of such group included pyrrolidinylmethyl, piperidinylmethyl, piperidinylethyl, morpholinylmethyl and morpholinylethyl, etc.
The term “halogen” refers to fluorine (F), chlorine (Cl), bromine (Br) or iodine (I).
The term “aryl” refers to monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic carbocyclic ring systems having a total of six to fourteen ring members, or six to twelve ring members, or six to ten ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members and that has a single point or multipoint of attachment to the rest of the molecule. Wherein the aryl may be optionally substituted with the substituent disclosed herein. The term “aryl” and “aromatic ring” can be used interchangeably herein. Some non-limiting examples of the aryl group include phenyl, 2,3-dihydro-1H-indenyl, naphthalenyl and anthracenyl, etc.
The term “arylalkyl” or “aralkyl” refers to an aryl group attached to the rest of the molecule through an alkyl group, wherein the aryl and alkyl are as defined herein. Some non-limiting examples of such group include benzyl, phenylethyl and naphthalenylmethyl, etc.
The term “arylamino” refers to an amino group substituted with one or two aryl groups. Some non-limiting examples of such group included N-phenylamino. In some embodiments, the aryl group of the arylamino may be further substituted.
The term “heteroaryl” refers to monocyclic, bicyclic and tricyclic carbocyclic ring systems having a total of five to twelve ring members, or five to ten ring members, or five to six ring members, wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, and in which at least one ring member is selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen, and wherein each ring in the system contains 3 to 7 ring members and that has a single point or multipoint of attachment to the rest of the molecule. The term “heteroaryl” and “heteroaromatic ring” or “heteroaromatic compound” can be used interchangeably herein. In other embodiments, the heteroaryl group may be a C1-9 heteroaryl group, which refers to a heteroaryl group containing 1 to 9 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In other embodiments, the heteroaryl group may be a C1-7 heteroaryl group, which refers to a heteroaryl group containing 1 to 7 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In still other embodiments, the heteroaryl group may be a C1-6 heteroaryl group, which refers to a heteroaryl group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In other embodiments, the heteroaryl group may be a C1-5 heteroaryl group, which refers to a heteroaryl group containing 1 to 5 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In still other embodiments, the heteroaryl group may be a C1-4 heteroaryl group, which refers to a heteroaryl group containing 1 to 4 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. In yet other embodiments, the heteroaryl group may be a C1-3 heteroaryl group, which refers to a heteroaryl group containing 1 to 3 carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from nitrogen, sulfur and oxygen. Some non-limiting examples of such group include furanyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, thienyl, diazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyranyl and triazinyl, etc, and also include the following bicycle ring, but are not limited to: benzimidazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, indolyl, oxoindolyl, indolinyl, imidazopyridyl, pyrazopryridyl, pyrazopyrimidinyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl and quinazolinyl, etc. The heteroaryl group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents disclosed herein.
The term “heteroarylalkyl” refers to an heteroaryl group attached to the rest of the molecule through a alkyl group, wherein the heteroaryl and alkyl are as defined herein. The “heteroarylalkyl” group may be optionally substituted with one or more substituents disclosed herein. Some non-limiting examples of such group included pyridylmethyl, pyrrolylethyl and quinolylmethyl, etc.
The term “comprise” is an open expression, it means comprising the contents disclosed herein, but don't exclude other contents.
Furthermore, unless otherwise stated, the phrase “each . . . is independently” is used interchangeably with the phrase “each (of) . . . and . . . is independently”. It should be understood broadly that the specific options expressed by the same symbol are independently of each other in different radicals; or the specific options expressed by the same symbol are independently of each other in same radicals. Such as Formula (a), multiple n are independently of each other, multiple R6 are independently of each other,




As described herein, a system containing a group formed by connecting a double bond with a wave bond indicates that it is (Z) or (E) configuration, or a combination thereof.




The solvent used for the reaction of the invention is not particularly restricted, any solvent is contained in the invention so long as it can dissolve the raw materials to a certain extent and doesn't inhibit the reaction. Additionally, many similar modifications in the art, substitutions to same object, or solvent, solvent composition and the solvent composition with different proportions which are equivalent to those described in the invention, all are deemed to be included in the present invention. Wherein the solvent could be alcohols, alcohol-water mixtures, ethers, halohydrocarbons, esters, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, alkanes, acetonitrile, trifluoroethanol, N,N-dimethyl formamide (DMF), N-methylpyrolidone (NMP), or a combination thereof. Such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, i-butanol, a ethanol-water mixture at a volume ratio of 50:50, trifluoroethanol, tert-butanol, petroleum ether, n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane, isopropyl ether, DMF, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, dioxane, methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE), 1,2-dimethoxylethane, NMP, 2-methoxyethanol, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, chloroform, tetrachloromethane, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, acetone, butanone, benzene, toluene, xylene or a combination thereof.
The amount of water in the solvent is not particularly restricted. So long as the solvent containing a certain amount of water can be used in the reaction disclosed herein, which is deemed to be included in the present invention. The amount of water in the solvent is approximately less than 0.05%, less than 0.1%, less than 0.2%, less than 0.5%, less than 5%, less than 10%, less than 25%, less than 30%, or 0%.
The solvent used for the recrystallization of the invention is not particularly restricted, any solvent is contained in the invention so long as it can dissolve the crude product and the crystal product can precipitate out under certain conditions. Additionally, many similar modifications in the art, substitutions to same object, or solvent, solvent composition and the solvent composition with different proportions which are equivalent to those described in the invention, all are deemed to be included in the present invention. Wherein the solvent could be alcohols, alcohol-water mixtures, ethers, alkanes, halohydrocarbons, esters, ketones, aromatic hydrocarbons, acetonitrile, N,N-dimethyl formamide (DMF), N-methylpyrolidone (NMP), or a combination thereof. Such as methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, i-butanol, tert-butanol, trifluoroethanol, a ethanol-water mixture at a volume ratio of 50:50, petroleum ether, n-pentane, n-hexane, n-heptane, cyclohexane, DMF, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl ether, isopropyl ether, dioxane, methyl tertiary butyl ether (MTBE), 1,2-dimethoxylethane, NMP, 2-methoxyethanol, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, triethylene glycol dimethyl ether, dichloromethane, 1,2-dichloroethane, chloroform, tetrachloromethane, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, acetone, butanone, benzene, toluene, xylene or a combination thereof.
Any temperature is included in the present invention so long as it is applicable for the one-pot reaction. Additionally, many similar modifications in the art, substitutions to same object, or temperature and temperature scope which are equivalent to those described in the invention, all are deemed to be included in the present invention. In some embodiments, the one-pot reaction temperature is from approximately room temperature (usually 25° C.) to 154° C. The reaction is carried out at a low temperature at the beginning or at the earlier stage, after rising of the temperature, the reaction is carried out at a higher temperature, which may be from approximately 25° C. to solvent boiling point, from approximately 30° C. to solvent boiling point, from approximately 25° C. to 154° C., or from approximately 30° C. to 154° C.
Any temperature is included in the present invention so long as it is applicable for the cooling after one-pot reaction. Additionally, many similar modifications in the art, substitutions to same object, or temperature and temperature scope which are equivalent to those described in the invention, all are deemed to be included in the present invention. In some embodiments, the cooling temperature is approximately from −80° C. to 60° C. After the one-pot reaction is complete, the reaction mixture cooling is carried out at a higher temperature, may be from solvent boiling point to 60° C., from solvent boiling point to 40° C., from solvent boiling point to 30° C., from solvent boiling point to 25° C., from solvent boiling point to 0° C., from solvent boiling point to −10° C., from solvent boiling point to −15° C., from solvent boiling point to −20° C., from solvent boiling point to −40° C., from solvent boiling point to −50° C., or solvent boiling point to −80° C., and may be from approximately 60° C. to −20° C., from approximately 50° C. to −20° C., from approximately 40° C. to 10° C., from approximately 30° C. to 10° C., or from approximately room temperature (usually 25° C.) to 10° C. The reaction mixture cooling at the later stage is carried out at a lower temperature, may be from approximately −80° C. to approximately 10° C., from approximately −60° C. to approximately 10° C., from approximately −40° C. to approximately 10° C., from approximately −20° C. to approximately 10° C., or from approximately −10° C. to approximately 10° C., from approximately 0° C. to approximately 10° C.
Any temperature is included in the present invention so long as it can applicable for the crystallization process of recrystallization. Additionally, many similar modifications in the art, substitutions to same object, or temperature and temperature scope which are equivalent to those described in the invention, all are deemed to be included in the present invention. In some embodiments, the crystallization temperature is approximately from −80° C. to 60° C. After all the crude product is dissolved completely, the crystallization is at a higher temperature, may be from solvent boiling point to 60° C., from solvent boiling point to 50° C., from solvent boiling point to 40° C., from solvent boiling point to 30° C., from solvent boiling point to 25° C., from solvent boiling point to 0° C., from solvent boiling point to −10° C., from solvent boiling point to −15° C., from solvent boiling point to −20° C., from solvent boiling point to −30° C., from solvent boiling point to −40° C., from solvent boiling point to −50° C., or solvent boiling point to −80° C., and may be from approximately 60° C. to −20° C., from approximately 50° C. to −20° C., from approximately 40° C. to 10° C., from approximately 30° C. to 10° C., or from approximately room temperature (usually 25° C.) to 10° C. The crystallization at the later stage is at a lower temperature, may be from approximately −80° C. to approximately 10° C., from approximately −60° C. to approximately 10° C., from approximately −40° C. to approximately 10° C., from approximately −20° C. to approximately 10° C., from approximately −10° C. to approximately 10° C., or from approximately 0° C. to approximately 10° C.
Any halogenating agent is included in the present invention so long as it is applicable for the halogenating reaction. For example, N-bromosuccinimide (NBS), N-chlorosuccinimide (NCS), N-iodosuccinimide (NIS), 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, iodomethane, etc, or a combination thereof.
The base used in the present invention may be an organic base or inorganic base. The organic base may be triethylamine, trimethylamine, N,N-diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, N-methylpiperidine or a combination thereof; and can also be a base formed by reacting an organic solvent with an alkali metal. The alkali metal comprises lithium, sodium and potassium, or a combination thereof. The organic solvent can be one or more alcohols, or a combination thereof. The alcohols include, but are not limited to, methanol, ethanol, propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, i-butanol, tert-butanol and a combination thereof. The inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, alkali metal hydroxide, alkaline earth metal hydroxide, alkali metal alkoxide, alkaline earth metal alkoxide, alkali metal carbonate, alkaline earth metal carbonate and ammonia. In some embodiments, the inorganic base is ammonia, sodium hydroxide, calcium hydroxide, magnesium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, lithium carbonate, sodium tert-butoxide, sodium isopropoxide or potassium tert-butoxide.
After the reaction proceeds to a certain extent in the present invention, such as the raw material is consumed more than 20%, more than 30%, more than 40%, more than 50%, more than 70%, more than 80%, more than 90%, more than 95%, or completely by monitoring, the reaction mixture is worked up, such as cooled, collected, drawn, filtered, separated, purified or a combination thereof. The reaction can be monitored by conventional method such as thin-layer chromatography (TLC), high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), gas chromatography (GC), and the like. The reaction mixture can be worked up by conventional method, for example, the crude product can be collected by concentrating the reaction mixture through vacuum evaporation or conventional distillation and which is used directly in the next operation; or the crude product can be obtained by filtration of the reaction mixture and which is used directly in the next operation; or the crude product can be get by pouring the supernatant liquid of the reaction mixture after standing for a while and which is used directly in the next operation. And the reaction mixture can be purified by suitable methods such as extraction, distillation, crystallization, column chromatography, washing, trituration with suitable organic solvents or a combination thereof.
Unless otherwise stated, structures depicted herein are also meant to include all isomeric (e.g., enantiomeric, diastereomeric, and geometric (or conformeric)) forms of the structure; for example, the R and S configurations for each asymmetric center, (Z) and (E) double bond isomers, and (Z) and (E) conformational isomers. Therefore, single stereochemical isomers as well as enantiomeric, diastereomeric, or geometric (or conformeric) mixtures of the present compounds are within the scope disclosed herein.
Stereochemical definitions and conventions used herein generally follow Parker et al., McGraw-Hill Dictionary of Chemical Terms (1984) McGraw-Hill Book Company, New York and Eliel et al., Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1994. The compounds disclosed herein may contain asymmetric or chiral centers, and therefore exist in different stereoisomeric forms. It is intended that all stereoisomeric forms of the compounds disclosed herein, including, but not limited to, diastereomers, enantiomers and atropisomers, as well as mixtures thereof such as racemic mixtures, form part of the present invention. Many organic compounds exist in optically active forms, i.e., they have the ability to rotate the plane of plane-polarized light. In describing an optically active compound, the prefixes D and L, or R and S, are used to denote the absolute configuration of the molecule about its chiral center(s). The prefixes d and l or (+) and (−) are employed to designate the sign of rotation of plane-polarized light by the compound, with (−) or l meaning that the compound is levorotatory. A compound prefixed with (+) or d is dextrorotatory. For a given chemical structure, these stereoisomers are identical except that they are mirror images of one another. A specific stereoisomer is referred to as an enantiomer, and a mixture of such isomers is often called an enantiomeric mixture. A 50:50 mixture of enantiomers is referred to as a racemic mixture or a racemate, which may occur where there has been no stereoselection or stereospecificity in a chemical reaction or process. The term “racemic mixture” or “racemate” refers to an equimolar mixture of two enantiomeric species, devoid of optical activity.
The term “tautomer” or “tautomeric form” refers to structural isomers of different energies which are interconvertible via a low energy barrier. If tautomerism could happen (such as in a solvent), the chemical balance between tautomers can be reached. For example, proton tautomers (also known as prototropic tautomers) include interconversions via migration of a proton, such as keto-enol and imine-enamine isomerizations. Valence tautomers include interconversions by reorganization of some of the bonding electrons. The specific example of keto-enol tautomerisms is hexane-2,4-dione and 4-hydroxyhex-3-en-2-one tautomerism. Another example of tautomerisms is phenol-keto tautomerism. The specific example of phenol-keto tautomerisms is pyridin-4-ol and pyridin-4(3H)-one tautomerism. Unless otherwise stated, all tautomers of the present compounds are within the scope disclosed herein.
General Synthetic Procedures
In the present invention, if the chemical name of the compound doesn't match the corresponding structure, the compound is characterized by the corresponding structure.
Generally, the compounds of Formula (I), Formula (Ia), Formula (I-1), Formula (Ia-1), Formula (I-2) or Formula (Ia-2) disclosed herein may be prepared by methods described herein, wherein the substituents are as defined in Formula (I), Formula (Ia), Formula (I-1), Formula (Ia-1), Formula (I-2) or Formula (Ia-2), except where further noted. The following examples are presented to further exemplify the invention.
Persons skilled in the art will recognize that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other compounds disclosed herein, and alternative methods for preparing the compounds disclosed herein are deemed to be within the scope disclosed herein. For example, the synthesis of non-exemplified compounds according to the invention may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g., by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by utilizing other suitable reagents known in the art other than those described, and/or by making routine modifications of reaction conditions. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds disclosed herein.
In the examples described below, unless otherwise indicated all temperatures are set forth in degrees Celsius (° C.). Reagents were purchased from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Company, Arco Chemical Company and Alfa Chemical Company, and were used without further purification unless otherwise indicated. Common solvents were purchased from commercial suppliers such as Shantou XiLong Chemical Factory, Guangdong Guanghua Reagent Chemical Factory Co. Ltd., Guangzhou Reagent Chemical Factory, Tianjin YuYu Fine Chemical Ltd., Qingdao Tenglong Reagent Chemical Ltd., and Qingdao Ocean Chemical Factory.
Column chromatography was conducted using a silica gel column. Silica gel (200-300 mesh) was purchased from Qingdao Ocean Chemical Factory. 1H NMR spectra were recorded by a Bruker Avance 400 MHz spectrometer or Bruker Avance III HD 600 spectrometer, using CDCl3, DMSO-d6, CD3OD or acetone-d6 (reported in ppm) as solvent, and using TMS (0 ppm) or chloroform (7.25 ppm) as the reference standard. When peak multiplicities are reported, the following abbreviations are used: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), m (multiplet), br (broadened), dd (doublet of doublets), dt (doublet of triplets), ddd (doublet of doublet of doublets), ddt (doublet of doublet of triplets), dddd (doublet of doublet of doublet of doublets), td (triplet of doublets), brs (broadened singlet). Coupling constants, when given, are reported in Hertz (Hz).
Low-resolution mass spectral (MS) data were also determined on an Agilent 6320 series LC-MS spectrometer equipped with G1312A binary pumps, a G1316A TCC (Temperature Control of Column, maintained at 30° C.), a G1329A autosampler and a G1315B DAD detector were used in the analysis. An ESI source was used on the LC-MS spectrometer.
Low-resolution mass spectral (MS) data were also determined on an Agilent 6120 series LC-MS spectrometer equipped with G1312A binary pumps, a G1316A TCC (Temperature Control of Column, maintained at 30° C.), a G1329A autosampler and a G1315B DAD detector were used in the analysis. An ESI source was used on the LC-MS spectrometer.
Both LC-MS spectrometers were equipped with an Agilent Zorbax SB-C18, 2.1×30 mm, 5 μm column. Injection volume was decided by the sample concentration. The flow rate was 0.6 mL/min. The HPLC peaks were recorded by UV-Vis wavelength at 210 nm and 254 nm. The mobile phase was 0.1% formic acid in acetonitrile (phase A) and 0.1% formic acid in ultrapure water (phase B). The gradient condition is shown in Table 1:







TABLE 1







The gradient condition of the mobile phase in 


Low-resolution mass spectrum analysis









Time
A (CH3CN, 
B (H2O, 


(min)
0.1% HCOOH)
0.1% HCOOH)





0-3
 5-100
95-0 


3-6
100
 0


  6-6.1
100-5 
 0-95


6.1-8  
 5
95









Purities of compounds were assessed by Agilent 1100 Series high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) with UV detection at 210 nm and 254 nm (Zorbax SB-C18, 2.1×30 mm, 4 micron, 10 min, 0.6 mL/min flow rate, 5 to 95% (0.1% formic acid in CH3CN) in (0.1% formic acid in H2O). Column was operated at 40° C.
The following abbreviations are used throughout the specification:

    CDCl3 chloroform-d
    DMF-d6 N,N-dimethylformamide-d6 
    DMSO-d6 dimethyl sulfoxide-d6 
    Acetone-d6 acetone-d6 
    D2O water-d2 
    EA, EtOAc ethyl acetate
    DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
    THF tetrahydrofuran
    NMP N-methylpyrrolidone
    MeCN, CH3CN acetonitrile
    DCM, CH2Cl2 dichloromethane
    CHCl3 chloroform
    CCl4 tetrachloromethane
    PE petroleum ether
    CH3OH, MeOH methanol
    g gram
    c concentration
    mol mole
    mmol millimole
    h hour, hours
    min minute, minutes
    mL milliliter
    v/v. v:v the ratio of volume
    DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
    NBS N-bromosuccinimide
    NCS N-chlorosuccinimide
    NIS N-iodosuccinimide




EXAMPLES
The preparation methods of optically pure dihydropyrimidine compounds disclosed in the examples of the present invention. Skilled in the art can learn from this article to properly improve the process parameters to implement the preparation method. Of particular note is that all similar substitutions and modifications to the skilled person are obvious, and they are deemed to be included in the present invention. The methods disclosed herein were described in the preferred examples. Related person can clearly realize and apply the techniques disclosed herein by making some changes, appropriate alterations or combinations to the methods without departing from spirit, principles and scope of the present disclosure.
In order to further understand the invention, it is detailed below through examples.
Example
Example 1: The Preparation of (R)-ethyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




Step 1) (R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 3-oxobutanoate




A flask was charged with (D)-ethyl 2-hydroxypropanoate (11.8 g, 10 mmol) and 2,2,6-trimethyl-4H-1,3-dioxin-4-one (14.2 g, 10 mmol) in turn, and then equipped with distillation apparatus or water segregator. The mixture was stirred at 120° C. for 4 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled and concentrated to obtain the title compound as puce liquid (12.9 g, 64%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 203.1 [M+H]+;
Step 2) (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




Method One:

To a flask were added 2-thiazolecarboxamidine hydrochloride (16.4 g, 0.1 mol), 2-bromo-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (20.3 g, 0.1 mol), (R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 3-oxobutanoate (20.2 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous sodium acetate (8.2 g, 0.1 mol) and ethanol (74 g) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to 30° C., kept at 30° C. and stirred for 6 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with water (330 mL) and dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the crude product. To the crude product was added n-propanol (74 g). The mixture was heated until dissolved completely, cooled to 25° C., and then kept at 25° C., stirred and crystallized for 5 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (13.4 g, 27%).
[α]D25=−122.46 (c=0.3054 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 497.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.02 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.36 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 4.82 (q, 1H), 4.14-4.01 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
The compound 5 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 2 by using method one described in step 2 of Example 1.







TABLE 2







The reaction conditions




















 




















(1):(2):

The mass





The mass






(3):(4)

ratio of





ratio of
Crystal-





(mol); the

reaction
Reac-

Cool-


recrystal-
ization





amount

solvent
tion
Reac-
ing 


lization
on

Quality;



of com-

to 
temper-
tion
temper-
Cooling
Recrystal-
solvent
temper-
Crystal-
yield (5)



pound (1)
Reaction
compound
ature
time
ature
time
lization
to com-
ature
lization
of


No.
is 16.4 g
solvent
(1)
(° C.)
(h)
(° C.)
(h)
solvent
pound (1)
(° C.)
time (h)
product






















1
1:1:2:1
—
—
78
12
40
6
ethanol
20
0
3
8.8 g;














17.8


2
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
8
ethanol
15
10
6
9.6 g;














19.4


3
1:1:1:1
ethanol
4.5
25
72
25
—
ethanol
4.5
5
2
7.5 g;














15.2


4
1:1:1:1
ethanol
4.5
78
12
25
6
ethanol
3
25
1
12.9 g;














26.1


5
1:1:1:1
ethanol
20
60
24
−20
12
ethanol
4.5
25
6
10.1 g;














20.3


6
1:1:1:1
ethanol
80
78
12
−30
24
ethanol
5
25
4
7.5 g;














15.1


7
1:1:1:1
DMF
4.5
154
1
−30
6
n-propanol
4
10
4
5.9 g;














11.9


8
1:1:1:1
n-butanol
5
100
5
0
6
n-butanol
4
25
6
11.2 g;














22.5


9
1:1:1:1
n-propanol
4.5
80
12
25
6
n-propanol
3.5
40
10
12.4 g;














25.1


10
1:1:1:1
i-propanol
4.5
82
12
25
1
i-propanol
5
25
4
9.6 g;














19.3


11
1:1:1:1
t-butanol
4.5
82
12
30
12
i-propanol
4.5
25
6
10.6 g;














21.4


12
1:1:1:1
2-methoxy-
4.5
78
12
−10
12
t-propanol
5
25
4
10.1 g;




ethanol









20.3


13
1:1:1:1
1,2-dimeth
4.5
78
12
−10
12
n-propanol
5
25
4
5.9 g;




oxyethane









11.8


14
1:1:1:1
ethyl
3
77
12
−10
12
t-propanol
4.5
25
4
7.6 g;




acetate









15.4


15
1:1:1:1
acetone
3
56
12
−20
12
t-propanol
5
25
4
4.2 g;














8.5


16
1:1:1:1
methanol
3
64
12
0
6
n-propanol
5
25
4
7.8 g;














15.8


17
1:1:1:1
2-methoxy-
5
78
6
−20
12
n-propanol
5
25
6
4.8 g;




ethyl ether









9.7


18
1:1:1:1
ethanol
10
78
12
−20
12
ethanol
4.5
30
6
11.6 g;














23.3


19
1:1:1:1
ethyl
3
77
12
−10
12
ethyl
2
−10
4
5.7 g;




acetate





acetate



11.4


20
1:1:1:1
ethanol
2
78
12
40
8
ethanol
15
10
6
9.9 g;














19.9


21
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
8
ethanol
10
10
6
10.3 g;














20.7









Method Two:

To a flask were added 2-thiazolecarboxamidine hydrochloride (16.4 g, 0.1 mol), 2-bromo-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (20.3 g, 0.1 mol), (R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 3-oxobutanoate (20.2 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous sodium acetate (8.2 g, 0.1 mol) and ethanol (74 g) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to 30° C., kept at 30° C. and stirred for 6 hours. The mixture was filtered. The filtrate was washed with ethanol (50 g) and water (330 mL) in turn, and then dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (14.4 g, 29%).
[a]D25=122.46 (c=0.3054 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 497.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.02 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.36 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 4.82 (q, 1H), 4.14-4.01 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
The compound 5 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 3 by using method two described in step 2 of Example 1.







TABLE 3







The reaction conditions




















 



















(1):(2)

The





The





(3):(4)

mass





mass





(mol);

ratio





ratio





the

of





of





amount

reac-
Reac-

Cool-


wash-
Wash-




of com-

tion
tion
Reac-
ing
Cool-

ing
ing
Quality;



pound

solvent
temper-
tion
temper-
ing

solvent
temper-
yield



(1) is
Reaction
to com-
ature
time
ature
time
Washing
to com-
ature
(%) of


No.
16.4 g
solvent
pound (1)
(° C.)
(h)
(° C.)
(h)
solvent
pound (1)
(° C.)
product





















1
1:1:2:1
—
—
78
12
40
6
ethanol
15
25
9.5 g;













19.2


2
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
6
ethanol
10
25
10.3 g;













20.8


3
1:1:1:1
ethanol
4.5
25
72
25
—
ethanol
3
25
8.5 g;













17.1


4
1:1:1:1
ethanol
4.5
78
12
25
6
ethanol
3.5
25
13.7 g;













27.6


5
1:1:1:1
ethanol
20
60
24
−10
6
ethanol
4.5
25
11.1 g;













22.4


6
1:1:1:1
ethanol
80
78
12
−30
12
ethanol
5
25
8.4 g;













16.9


7
1:1:1:1
ethanol
8
78
12
25
6
—
—
—
13.1 g;













26.5


8
1:1:1:1
DMF
4.5
154
1
−30
6
ethanol
4
25
6.6 g;













13.3


9
1:1:1:1
n-butanol
5
100
5
0
6
n-butanol
2
25
12.3 g;













24.7


10
1:1:1:1
n-propanol
4.5
80
12
25
6
n-propanol
3
25
14.2 g;













28.6


11
1:1:1:1
i-propanol
4.5
82
12
25
1
t-propanol
3
25
10.7 g;













21.5


12
1:1:1:1
t-butanol
4.5
82
12
30
12
t-butanol
3
30
11.7 g;













23.6


13
1:1:1:1
2-methoxy
4.5
78
12
−10
12
2-methoxy-
1
0
10.9 g;




ethanol





ethanol


21.9


14
1:1:1:1
1,2-dimeth
4.5
78
12
−10
12
n-propanol
3
25
6.6 g;




oxyethane








13.4


15
1:1:1:1
ethyl
3
77
12
−10
12
i-propanol
3.5
25
8.33 g;




acetate








16.8


16
1:1:1:1
acetone
3
56
12
−20
12
t-propanol
3
25
5.3 g;













10.6


17
1:1:1:1
methanol
3
64
12
0
6
n-propanol
2
25
8.8 g;













17.7


18
1:1:1:1
2-methoxy
5
78
6
−20
12
n-propanol
2
25
5.6 g;




ethyl ether








11.3


19
1:1:1:1
n-propanol
4.5
80
12
25
6
t-propanol
20
0
10.4 g;













20.9









Method Three:

To a flask were added 2-thiazolecarboxamidine hydrochloride (16.4 g, 0.1 mol), 2-bromo-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (20.3 g, 0.1 mol), (R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 3-oxobutanoate (20.2 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous sodium acetate (8.2 g, 0.1 mol) and ethanol (74 g) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to 30° C., kept at 30° C. and stirred for 6 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with water (330 mL) and dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the crude product. The crude product was triturated with n-propanol (50 g) at 30° C. for 5 hours and filtered. The filter cake was washed with n-propanol (12.8 g) and dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (13.9 g, 28%).
[α]D25=122.46 (c=0.3054 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 497.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.02 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.36 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 4.82 (q, 1H), 4.14-4.01 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
The compound 5 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 4 by using method three described in step 2 of Example 1.







TABLE 4







The reaction conditions




















 




























The






(1):(2)

The





mass






(3):(4)

mass





ratio






(mol);

ratio





of






the

of





tritu-






amount

reac-
Reac-

Cool-


ration
Tritu-
Tritu-




of com-

tion
tion
Reac-
ing
Cool-

solvent
ration
ration
Quality;



pound

solvent
temper-
tion
temper-
ing
Tritu-
to com-
temper-
on 
yield



(1) is
Reaction
to com-
ature
time
ature
time
ration
pound 
ature
time
(%) of


No.
16.4 g
solvent
pound (1)
(° C.)
(h)
(° C.)
(h)
solvent
(1)
(° C.)
(h)
product






















1
1:1:2:1
—
—
78
12
40
6
ethanol
13
25
10
9.2 g;














18.6


2
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
6
ethanol
9
25
5
10 g;














20.2


3
1:1:1:1
ethanol
4.5
25
72
25
—
ethanol
3
25
4
8.2 g;














16.5


4
1:1:1:1
ethanol
4.5
78
12
25
6
ethanol
6
5
2
13.3 g;














26.8


5
1:1:1:1
ethanol
20
60
24
−20
12
ethanol
4
25
1
10.7 g;














21.5


6
1:1:1:1
ethanol
80
78
12
−30
24
ethanol
4
25
5
7.9 g;














15.9


7
1:1:1:1
DMF
4.5
154
1
−30
6
n-propanol
3.5
25
6
6.3 g;














12.7


8
1:1:1:1
n-butanol
5
100
5
0
6
n-butanol
3.5
25
4
11.6 g;














23.4


9
1:1:1:1
n-propanol
4.5
80
12
25
6
n-propanol
3
40
8
13.7 g;














27.7


10
1:1:1:1
i-propanol
4.5
82
12
25
1
i-propanol
4
25
3
10.1 g;














20.4


11
1:1:1:1
t-butanol
4.5
82
12
30
12
i-propanol
4
30
5
11.2 g;














22.5


12
1:1:1:1
2-methoxy
4.5
78
12
−10
12
i-propanol
4
25
5
10.5 g;




ethanol









21.1


13
1:1:1:1
1,2-dimeth-
4.5
78
12
−10
12
n-propanol
3.5
25
3
6.3 g;




oxyethane









12.7


14
1:1:1:1
ethyl
3
77
12
−10
12
i-propanol
4
25
4
8 g;




acetate









16.2


15
1:1:1:1
acetone
3
56
12
−20
12
i-propanol
4
25
6
4.7 g;














9.4


16
1:1:1:1
methanol
3
64
12
0
6
n-propanol
3.5
25
3
8.2 g;














16.5


17
1:1:1:1
2-methoxy
5
78
6
−20
12
n-propanol
3.5
25
3
5.3 g;




ethyl









10.6




ether












18
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
6
ethanol
10
25
5
9.4 g;














18.8


19
1:1:1:1
i-propanol
4.5
82
12
25
1
i-propanol
20
5
3
8.9 g;














17.9


20
1:1:1:1
ethyl
3
77
12
−10
12
ethyl
2
−10
12
6.7 g;




acetate





acetate



13.5


21
1:1:2:1
—
—
78
12
40
6
ethanol
15
25
10
9.0 g;














18.1









Step 3) (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-bromomethyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (49.6 g, 0.1 mol) and tetrachloromethane (1000 g). The mixture was heated at 76° C., NBS was added (19.6 g, 0.11 mol), and then the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added ethanol (250 g). The resulting mixture was cooled to 0° C., kept at 0° C. and stirred. After the solid precipitated out completely, the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with ethanol (50 g) and dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 6 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (37.4 g, 65%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 575.8 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.98 (br, 1H), 7.58 (dd, 2H), 7.43 (dd, 1H), 7.27 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.94 (q, 1H), 4.85 (br, 2H), 4.14-4.02 (m, 2H), 1.28 (d, 3H), 1.16 (t, 3H).
The compound A1 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 5 according to the procedure described in step 3 of Example 1







TABLE 5







The reaction conditions














 















Compound




The




(5):NBS 

The mass


mass ratio




(mol) the

ratio of


of the




amount of

reaction

The
additional
Quality;



compound 

solvent to
Reaction
solvent
solvent to 
yield



(5) is
Reaction
compound 
temperature
added to
compound 
(%) of


No.
49.6
solvent
(5)
(° C.)
the residue
(5)
product





1
1:1.1,
DCM
30
39
i-propanol
7
41.4 g; 72


2
1:1.05,
DCM
10
39
ethanol
5
38 g; 66


3
1:1.15,
CHCl3
20
61
n-propanol
6
42 g; 73


4
1:1.1,
CCl4
20
76
ethanol
5
43.1 g; 75









Step 4) (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (57.5 g, 0.1 mol), i-propanol (287 g) and morpholine (34.8 g, 0.4 mol). The mixture was stirred at 55° C. for 4 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to 0° C., kept at this temperature and stirred. After the solid precipitated out completely, the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with i-propanol (58 g) followed by water (575 g), and then dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellowish solid (40.1 g, 69%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 581.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.98 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.56 (d, 1H), 7.42 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.84 (q, 1H), 4.14-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.92 (dd, 2H), 3.67 (br, 4H), 2.55 (br, 4H), 1.23 (d, 3H), 1.16 (t, 3H).
Step 5) (R)-ethyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added anhydrous ethanol (435 g) and lithium (1.74 g, 0.25 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then a solution of (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (58.1 g, 0.1 mol) in ethanol (435 g) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 1.5 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (580 g). The mixture was washed with water (250 g×2). The combined organic layers were concentrated to obtain the product as a yellow solid (39.7 g, 78%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 509.1 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 3.96 (q, 2H), 3.93 (dd, 2H), 3.68 (br, 4H), 2.56 (br, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H).
Example 2: The Preparation of (R)-methyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added anhydrous methanol (870 g) and lithium (1.74 g, 0.25 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (58.1 g, 0.1 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 60° C. and stirred for 1.5 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (580 g). The mixture was washed with water (250 g×2). The combined organic layers were concentrated to obtain the product as yellow thick oil (36.1 g, 73%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 494.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.71 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.37 (dd, 1H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 3.91 (dd, 2H), 3.67 (br, 4H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 2.55 (br, 4H).
Example 3: The Preparation of (R)-3-(morpholin-3-yl)propanoic acid hydrochloride




Step 1) (S)-tert-butyl 3-formylmorpholine-4-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-tert-butyl 3-(hydroxymethyl)morpholine-4-carboxylate (1.47 g, 6.77 mmol) and DCM (30 mL) in turn, and then Dess-Martin periodinane (3.44 g, 8.12 mmol) was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour. After the reaction, the mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (30 mL) and separated. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (30 mL×3) and saturated aqueous sodium chloride (30 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and filtered. The filtrate was used directly at next operation.
Step 2) (R)-tert-butyl 3-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-en-1-yl)morpholine-4-carboxylate




To a flask were added (S)-tert-butyl 3-formylmorpholine-4-carboxylate (1.46 g, 6.77 mmol), DCM (40 mL) and ethyl (triphenylphosphoranylidene)acetate (2.36 g, 6.77 mmol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 12 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE/EtOAc (V/V)=10/1 to give the product as a colorless oil (1.05 g, 54%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 186.1 [M+H-100]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 6.69 (dd, 1H), 5.89 (dd, 1H), 4.56 (s, 1H), 4.20-4.12 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.77-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.53-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.27-3.10 (m, 1H), 1.41 (s, 9H), 1.29-1.23 (m, 3H).
Step 3) (R)-tert-butyl 3-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)morpholine-4-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-tert-butyl 3-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-1-en-1-yl)morpholine-4-carboxylate (1.05 g, 3.68 mmol), anhydrous ethanol (20 mL) and Pd—C (10%, 0.2 g) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 30° C. under hydrogen atmosphere overnight and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to give the product as colorless oil (0.96 g, 91%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 188.1 [M+H-100]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 4.12 (q, 2H), 3.98 (s, 1H), 3.84-3.69 (m, 3H), 3.56 (dd, 1H), 3.42 (td, 1H), 3.12 (t, 1H), 2.37-2.27 (m, 2H), 2.25-2.15 (m, 1H), 1.92-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.45 (s, 9H), 1.25 (t, 3H).
Step 4) (R)-3-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)morpholin-3-yl)propanoic acid




To a flask were added (R)-tert-butyl 3-(3-ethoxy-3-oxopropyl)morpholine-4-carboxylate (0.96 g, 3.34 mmol), anhydrous ethanol (10 mL) and a solution of lithium hydroxide hydrate (1.4 g, 33.4 mmol) in water (10 mL) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 30 min. After the reaction, to the reaction mixture was added ethyl acetate (150 mL) and water (50 mL). The resulting mixture was adjusted to pH 5-6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid at 0° C. After the mixture was partitioned. The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride (100 mL), dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the product as colorless oil (0.85 g, 98%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 160.1 [M+H-100]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.08 (br, 1H), 4.03 (brs, 1H), 3.88-3.72 (m, 3H), 3.58 (dd, 1H), 3.44 (td, 1H), 3.13 (t, 1H), 2.43-2.29 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.20 (m, 1H), 1.94-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.46 (s, 9H).
Step 5) (R)-3-(morpholin-3-yl)propanoic acid hydrochloride




To a flask were added (R)-3-(4-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)morpholin-3-yl)propanoic acid (0.9 g, 3.47 mmol) and a solution of hydrogen chloride in ethyl acetate (4 mol/L, 15 mL) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 4 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was filtered to give the product as a white solid (0.53 g, 78%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 160.1 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 4.04-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.75-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.52 (dd, 1H), 3.40-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.29 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.15 (m, 1H), 2.47 (t, 2H), 1.83 (ddd, 2H).
The compound VI hydrochloride can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 6 according to the procedure described in Example 3.







TABLE 6







The reaction conditions for preparation of the compound (VI) hydrochloride











Raw material
The amount of raw material




Product character
Quality; yield (%) of product









50 g




white solid
  23 g; 51


 






50 g




white solid
21.2 g; 47


 






50 g




white solid
18.5 g; 41


 






50 g




white solid
17.8 g; 39


 






50 g




gray solid
16.4 g; 36


 






50 g




gray solid
17.3 g; 38
















TABLE 6-1







The NMR and MS datum of the compound (VI) hydrochloride













NMR
MS









1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 4.03 (dd, 1H), 3.78-3.67 (m, 2H), 3.25 (t, 2H), 3.08 (td, 1H), 2.85 (dd, 1H), 2.27-2.23 (m, 2H), 1.73-1.67 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI, neg. ion) m/z: 158.2[M − H]−


 






1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 4.10-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.80-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.32-3.25 (m, 2H), 3.10 (td, 1H), 2.89 (t, 1H), 2.47-2.43 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.70 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z: 160.1 [M + H]+;


 






1H NMR (400 MHz, D2O): δ 4.07-3.98 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.55 (dd, 1H), 3.43-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.35 (dt, 1H), 3.24-3.17 (m, 1H), 2.50 (t, 2H), 1.89-1.83 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z: 160.3 [M + H]+;


 






1H NMR (600 MHz, D2O): δ 4.05 (dd, 1H), 3.84-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.34 (d, 1H), 3.21 (td, 1H), 3.10 (td, 1H), 2.55 (t, 2H), 2.06-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.76 (m, 1H), 1.26 (d, 3H).
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z: 174.3 [M + H]+;


 






1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.21 (br, 1H), 3.80-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.59 (m, 1H), 2.74-2.67 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.40 (m, 2H), 2.33-2.23 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.95 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z: 180.2 [M + H]+;


 






1H NMR (600 MHz, D2O): δ 4.00-3.94 (m, 1H), 3.82 (dd, 1H), 3.72 (dd, 1H), 2.83-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.47 (m, 2H), 2.39-2.32 (m, 1H), 2.16-2.03 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z: 180.2 [M + H]+;









Example 4: The Preparation of (2R,3S)-2-methylmorpholine-3-carboxylic acid)




The title compound ((2R,3S)-2-methylmorpholine-3-carboxylic acid) was prepared according to the procedure described in example 34 of patent WO2014029193.
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 146.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, D2O): δ 4.01-3.98 (m, 1H), 3.82-3.77 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.37 (d, 1H), 3.27-3.24 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.14 (m, 1H), 1.26 (d, 3H).
Example 5: The Preparation of (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




Step 1) (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-5-((((R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl)oxy)carbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




To a flask were added (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (57.5 g, 0.1 mol), ethanol (840 g), (S)-morpholine-3-carboxylic acid (13.1 g, 0.1 mol) and potassium carbonate (27.6 g, 0.2 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 30° C. under nitrogen atmosphere for 12 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. To the residue was added water (840 g), the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (840 mL). The organic layer was discarded. To the aqueous layer was added ethyl acetate (900 mL), and the mixture was adjusted to pH 3-6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the product as a yellow solid (46.3 g, 74%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 624.5 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.42 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.84 (q, 1H), 4.23-4.13 (m, 1H), 4.12-4.03 (m, 3H), 3.98-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.85 (dd, 1H), 3.73-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.04 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.38 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
The compound E can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 7 according to the procedure described in step 1 of Example 5.







TABLE 7







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound E








 














No.




CompoundA1: compound(VI) (mol) the amount of compound A1 is 5.75 g
Reaction solvent
Reaction temperature(° C.)
Reaction time(h)
Product character
Quality; yield (%) of product





E1




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.58 g; 70


 


E2




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.32 g; 66


 


E3




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
 3.2 g; 49


 


E4




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
5.11 g; 80


 


E5




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
3.41 g; 51


 


E6




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.58 g; 71


 


E7




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
 3.5 g; 52


 


E8




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
 3.3 g; 49
















TABLE 7-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound E









No.
1H NMR
MS





E1
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.02 (br, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 8.02
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



(d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.06
m/z: 652.5



(s, 1H), 4.85 (q, 1H), 4.12-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.59-3.55
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.52-3.48 (m, 1H), 2.79 (t, 2H), 2.35-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.02 (t, 1H),




1.65-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).



E2
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (br, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.04
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



(d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.04
m/z: 652.5



(s, 1H), 4.86 (q, 1H), 4.14-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.86 (m, 3H), 3.58-3.53
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.51-3.48 (m, 1H), 2.77 (t, 2H), 2.35-2.22 (m, 3H), 2.01 (t, 1H),




1.65-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.25 (d, 3H), 1.12 (t, 3H).



E3
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.16 (s, 1H), 9.91 (s, 1H), 8.03
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.05
m/z: 653.2



(s, 1H), 4.85 (q, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 4.13-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.86 (d, 1H), 3.80
[M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 3.73-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.36-3.33 (m, 1H),




2.94-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.22




(m, 1H), 1.88-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).



E4
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.98 (br, 1H), 9.90 (s, 1H), 8.04
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.43 (dd, 1H), 7.21 (td, 1H), 6.04
m/z: 639.1



(s, 1H), 4.86 (q, 1H), 4.14-4.03 (m, 3H), 3.93-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.67
[M + H]+;



(m, 2H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.01 (d, 1H), 2.92 (d, 1H), 2.49-2.44 (m, 1H),




1.23 (d, 3H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).



E5
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.10 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.04
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



(d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.05
m/z: 668.6



(s, 1H), 4.87 (q, 1H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 4.11-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.85 (d, 1H),
[M + H]+;



3.76-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.66




(d,1H),2.46-2.41 (m,1H), 2.37-2.32 (m,3H), 2.07-1.87 (m,1H), 




1.79-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.20 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).



E6
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.05 (br, 1H), 9.79 (s, 1H), 7.98
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



(d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.43 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.04
m/z: 644.5



(s, 1H), 4.85 (q, 1H), 4.31 (d, 1H), 4.13-4.05 (m, 3H), 3.92 (t, 1H),
[M + H]+;



3.55-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 1H), 2.48-2.43




(m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.16 (t, 3H).



E7
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.56 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.96(d,
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 7.43 (dd, 1H), 7.24(td,1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.86 (q, 1H),
m/z: 673.1



4.12-4.03 (m, 4H), 3.51-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.08-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.44 (m,
[M + H]+;



1H), 2.37-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.91(m, 1H), 1.58-1.52




(m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.16 (t, 3H).



E8
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.52 (br, 1H), 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.02
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.03
m/z: 672.7



(s, 1H), 4.87 (q, 1H), 4.14 (d, 1H), 3.47-3.42 (m, 3H), 3.02 (t, 1H),
[M + H]+;



2.60-2.52 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.12-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.61-1.59




(m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).









Step 2) (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




To a flask were added anhydrous ethanol (940 g) and lithium (2.43 g, 0.35 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-5-((((R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl)oxy)carbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid (62.5 g, 0.1 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 78° C. and stirred for 12 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added water (1200 g), the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (1000 mL). The organic layer was discarded. To the aqueous layer was added ethyl acetate (1280 mL), the mixture was adjusted to pH 3-6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the product as a yellow solid (37.1 g, 67%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 553.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.85 (br, 1H), 9.80 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 4.02 (d, 1H), 3.97-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.81 (dd, 1H), 3.72-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.35 (m, 1H), 1.04 (t, 3H).
The compound F can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 8 according to the procedure described in step 2 of Example 5.







TABLE 8







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound F








 















No.
R3




The mole ratio of Lithium to compound E; the amount of compound E
Reaction solvent
Reaction temperature(° C.)
Reaction time(h)
Product character
Quality; yield (%) of product


















F1
ethyl




6; 6.4 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
3.78 g; 65


 


F2
ethyl




5; 6.4 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
3.66 g; 63


 


F3
ethyl




5; 6.4 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
3.02 g; 52


 


F4
ethyl




5; 6.26 g 
ethanol
78
12
yellow solid
3.97 g; 70


 


F5
ethyl




5; 6.54 g 
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
2.86 g; 48


 


F6
ethyl




5; 6.3 g
ethanol
78
12
yellow solid
 3.5 g; 61


 


F7
ethyl




5; 6.6 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
3.13 g; 52


 


F8
ethyl




5; 6.6 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
  3 g; 50


 


F9
methyl




2; 6.1 g
methanol
64
18
yellow solid
3.61 g; 67


 


F10
methyl




5; 6.4 g
methanol
64
6
yellow solid
3.52 g; 62


 


F11
methyl




5; 6.4 g
methanol
64
4
yellow solid
 3.4 g; 60


 


F12
methyl




5; 6.4 g
methanol
64
8
yellow solid
2.72 g; 48


 


F13
methyl




5; 6.26 g 
methanol
64
18
yellow solid
3.87 g; 70


 


F14
methyl




5; 6.54 g 
methanol
64
5
yellow solid
2.73 g; 47


 


F15
methyl




5; 6.3 g
methanol
64
12
yellow solid
3.75 g; 67


 


F16
methyl




5; 6.87 g 
methanol
64
6
yellow solid
2.88 g; 49


 


F17
methyl




5; 6.87 g 
methanol
64
6
yellow solid
2.82 g; 48
















TABLE 8-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound F









No.
1H NMR
MS





F1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (s, 1H), 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 3.96
m/z: 581.2



(q, 2H), 3.89-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.47 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.21
[M + H]+;



(m, 3H), 2.04-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



F2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (s, 1H), 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.95 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 3.97
m/z: 580.9



(q, 2H), 3.93-3.83 (m, 3H), 3.57-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.88 (d, 1H), 2.63 (d, 1H),
[M + H]+;



2.37-2.22 (m, 3H), 2.13-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



F3
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.14 (br, 1H), 9.82 (s, 1H), 8.02
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



(d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.03 
m/z: 580.9



(s, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 3.96 (q, 2H), 3.91 (d, 1H), 3.82-3.79 (m, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



3.74-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.75 (m, 1H), 




2.57-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.32 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.84 (m, 1H), 




1.68-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



F4
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.02 (s, 1H), 9.78 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.93 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 4.10
m/z: 567.1



(d, 1H), 3.95 (q, 2H), 3.90-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.46-3.42
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.98 (d, 1H), 2.93 (d, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



F5
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.11 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.95 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.16
m/z: 594.6 



(d, 1H), 4.00-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.86 (d, 1H), 3.77-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.53
[M + H]+



(m, 1H), 3.51-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.66 (d, 1H), 2.46-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.30




(m, 3H), 2.03 -1.91 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.20 (d, 3H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



F6
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.98 (br, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.61 (dd, 1H), 7.48 (dd, 1H), 7.28 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.35 (d, 1H), 4.13
m/z: 573.0



(d, 1H), 4.01-3.94 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.04
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.86-2.68 (m, 1H), 1.20 (t, 3H).



F7
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.08 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.93 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.12
m/z: 601.1



(dd, 2H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 3.61-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.56
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.35-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.48




(m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



F8
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 12.19 (br, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.50 (d, 1H), 7.37-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.00 (td, 1H), 6.19 (s, 1H), 4.52 (d, 1H),
m/z: 601.2



4.14-4.03 (m, 2H), 3.65 (d, 1H), 3.31-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.91 (m, 1H),
[M + H]+;



2.57-2.25 (m, 5H), 1.79-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.16 (t, 3H).



F9
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.88 (br, 1H), 10.07 (br, 1H), 8.02
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



(d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.01 
m/z: 539.1



(s, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 4.04 (d, 1H), 3.99 (dd, 1H), 3.84 (dd, 1H), 3.73-3.70 
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.69-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.07 




(m, 1H), 2.41-2.39 (m, 1H).



F10
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.03 (s, 1H), 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.93 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H),
m/z: 567.2



3.93-3.83 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 2.77 (dd, 2H), 2.38-2.25
[M + H]+;



(m, 3H), 2.05-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.59 (m, 2H).



F11
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (s, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 3.95
m/z: 567.2



(d, 1H), 3.86-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.49
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.88 (d, 1H), 2.62 (d, 1H), 2.37-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.15-2.08 (m, 1H),




1.72-1.64 (m, 2H).



F12
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 3.91
m/z: 567.2



(d, 1H), 3.83-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.53
[M + H]+;



(s, 3H), 3.47-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.54




(m, 1H), 2.37-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.58 (m, 1H).



F13
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.02 (s, 1H), 9.83 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 4.05
m/z: 553.0



(d, 1H), 3.90-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.42
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.00 (d, 1H), 2.92 (d, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H).



F14
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.10 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.96 (d, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.18
m/z: 581.2



(d, 1H), 3.88 (d, 1H), 3.78-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H),
[M + H]+;



3.50-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.68 (d, 1H), 2.47-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 3H), 




2.04-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H).



F15
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.71 (br, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 4.33 (d, 1H), 4.09 
m/z: 558.6



(d, 1H), 3.93-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.49-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.08
[M + H]+;



(m, 2H), 2.82-2.74 (m, 1H).



F16
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.03 (s, 1H), 9.57 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.92 (d, 1H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 4.14
m/z: 587.2



(dd, 2H), 3.62-3.54 (m, 1H),3.53 (s, 3H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.56
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.36-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.13-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.46




(m, 1H).



F17
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 12.15 (br, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.51 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.01 (td, 1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 4.50 (d, 1H),
m/z: 587.2



3.66 (d, 1H), 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.04-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.25
[M + H]+;



(m, 5H), 1.78-1.74 (m, 1H).









Example 6: The Preparation of (R)-ethyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




Step 1) (R)-ethyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added anhydrous ethanol (500 g) and lithium (2.43 g, 0.35 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (49.6 g, 0.1 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 6 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to 10° C., kept at 10° C. and stirred for 8 hours. The mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with anhydrous ethanol (50 g) and water (500 g) in turn, and then dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellowish solid (31.8 g, 75%).
[a]D25=80.71 (c=0.3023 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 424.0 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.88 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.35 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 5.96 (s, 1H), 3.93 (q, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 1.03 (t, 3H).
The compound G can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 9 according to the procedure described in step 1 of Example 6.







TABLE 9







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound G








 

















The mole ratio

The mass








of Lithium to

ratio of








compound (5);

reaction








the amount of

solvent to
Reaction


Quality;




compound (5)
Reaction
compound
temperature
Reaction
Product
yield (%) of


No.
R3
is 49.6 g
solvent
(5)
(° C.)
time(h)
character
product


















G1
ethyl
2.5
ethanol
10
78
12
yellow solid
19.5 g; 46


G1
ethyl
3
ethanol
6
78
8
yellow solid
31.8 g; 75


G1
ethyl
4
ethanol
10
78
4
yellow solid
29.7 g; 70


G1
ethyl
5
ethanol
20
78
24
yellow solid
24.2 g; 57


G1
ethyl
6
ethanol
30
78
12
yellow solid
20.4 g; 48


G1
ethyl
8
ethanol
20
78
12
yellow solid
25.4 g; 60


G2
methyl
3
methanol
3
64
20
yellow solid
25.4 g; 62


G2
methyl
3
methanol
4
64
6
yellow solid
18.5 g; 45


G2
methyl
4
methanol
6
64
8
yellow solid
15.6 g; 38
















TABLE 9-1







The NMR, MS and specific rotation datum of the compound G










No.
1H NMR
MS
specific rotation





G1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.88 (s, 1H), 7.97
MS (ESI, pos.ion)
[a]D25 = −80.71



(d, 1H), 7.89 (d, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.35 (dd, 1H), 7.23
m/z: 424.0
(c = 0.3023 g/100



(td, 1H), 5.96 (s, 1H), 3.93 (q, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 1.03
[M + H]+;
mL, MeOH);



(t, 3H).




G2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.79 (d, 1H), 7.67
MS (ESI, pos.ion)
[a]D25 = −86.04



(d, 1H), 7.42 (dd, 2H), 7.36 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (td, 1H), 5.85
m/z: 410.0
(c = 0.3022 g/100



(s, 1H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H).
[M + H]+;
mL, MeOH);









Step 2) (R)-ethyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-bromomethyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-ethyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (42.4 g, 0.1 mol) and CCl4 (800 mL), followed by NBS (19.6 g, 0.11 mol) at 70° C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to obtain the product as a yellow solid (34.2 g, 68%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 503.9 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.23 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.62 (dd, 1H), 7.42 (dd, 1H), 7.29 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.79 (br, 2H), 4.01 (q, 2H), 1.08 (t, 3H).
The compound J can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 10 according to the procedure described in step 2 of Example 6.







TABLE 10







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound J








 


















The mass







The mole ratio of

ratio of







NBS to compound

reaction
Reaction

Quality;




G; the amount of
Reaction
solvent to
temperature
Product
yield (%) 


No.
R3
compound G
solvent
compound G
(° C.)
character
of product





J1
ethyl
1.0; 42.4 g
DCM
10
39
yellow solid
35.2 g; 70


J1
ethyl
1.0; 42.4 g
CHCl3
20
61
yellow solid
36.3 g; 72


J1
ethyl
1.1; 42.4 g
CCl4
30
76
yellow solid
44.3 g; 88


J2
methyl
1.0; 41 g  
DCM
10
39
yellow solid
29.9 g; 73


J2
methyl
1.1; 41 g  
CHCl3
20
61
yellow solid
30.8 g; 75


J2
methyl
1.1; 41 g  
CCl4
30
76
yellow solid
34.9 g; 85
















TABLE 10-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound J









No.
1H NMR
MS





J1
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.23 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.62 (dd, 1H), 7.42 (dd, 1H), 7.29 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.79 (br, 2H),
m/z: 503.9



4.01 (q, 2H), 1.08 (t, 3H).
[M + H]+;


J2
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.87 (d, 1H), 7.54 (d, 1H), 7.4(dd, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos.ion)



7.35 (dd, 1H), 7.03 (td, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 4.97 (d, 1H), 4.64 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 489.9



3.69 (s, 3H).
[M + H]+;









Step 3) (R)-ethyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-ethyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (50.3 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous ethanol (302 g) and morpholine (34.8 g, 0.4 mol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. under nitrogen atmosphere for 6 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was concentrated. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (500 g), the resulting mixture was washed with water (250 mL×2). The organic layer was concentrated to give the product as tawny oil (37.7 g, 74%)
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 509.1 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 3.96 (q, 4H), 3.93 (dd, 2H), 3.68 (br, 4H), 2.56 (br, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H).
The compound L can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 11 according to the procedure described in step 3 of Example 6.







TABLE 11







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound L








 

















The mole ratio










of compound

The mass








(6) to compound

ratio of








(J);

reaction
Reaction


Quality;




the amount of
Reaction
solvent to
temperature
Reaction
Product
yield (%) of


No.
R3
compound J
solvent
compound (J)
(° C.)
time(h)
character
product


















L1
ethyl
2; 50.3 g
ethanol
20
25
2
tawny oil
38.2 g; 75


L1
ethyl
3; 50.3 g
acetone
10
40
10
tawny oil
40.8 g; 80


L1
ethyl
4; 50.3 g
methanol
10
30
6
tawny oil
38.7 g; 76


L1
ethyl
5; 50.3 g
ethyl
20
50
24
tawny oil
35.7 g; 70





acetate







L1
ethyl
6; 50.3 g
DCM
8
39
6
tawny oil
36.2 g; 71


L1
ethyl
3; 50.3 g
DMF
4
60
1
tawny oil
36.7 g; 72


L1
ethyl
4; 50.3 g
THF
6
50
8
tawny oil
38.2 g; 75


L2
methyl
2; 48.9 g
ethanol
20
25
2
tawny oil
36.2 g; 73


L2
methyl
3; 48.9 g
acetone
10
40
10
tawny oil
37.6 g; 76


L2
methyl
4; 48.9 g
methanol
10
30
6
tawny oil
39.6 g; 80


L2
methyl
5; 48.9 g
ethyl
20
50
24
tawny oil
38.6 g; 78





acetate







L2
methyl
6; 48.9 g
DCM
8
39
6
tawny oil
35.2 g; 71


L2
methyl
3; 48.9 g
DMF
4
60
1
tawny oil
36.2 g; 73


L2
methyl
4; 48.9 g
THF
6
50
8
tawny oil
35.7 g; 72
















TABLE 11-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound L









No.
1H NMR
MS





L1
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 3.96 (q, 4H), 3.93
m/z: 509.1



(dd, 2H), 3.68 (br, 4H), 2.56 (br, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H).
[M + H]+;


L2
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.71 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.37 (dd, 1H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 3.91 (dd, 2H), 3.67 
m/z: 494.7



(br, 4H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 2.55 (br, 4H).
[M + H]+;









Example 7: The Preparation of (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




To a flask were added (R)-ethyl 4-(2-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (5.03 g, 10 mmol), (S)-morpholine-3-carboxylic acid (1.31 g, 10 mmol), potassium carbonate (2.76 g, 20 mmol) and ethanol (100 mL). The mixture was stirred at 30° C. under nitrogen atmosphere for 12 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. To the residue was added water (100 mL), the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was discarded. To the aqueous layer was added ethyl acetate (100 mL), the mixture was adjusted to pH 3-6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the product as a yellow solid (4.4 g, 80%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 553.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.85 (br, 1H), 9.80 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 4.02 (d, 1H), 3.97-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.81 (dd, 1H), 3.72-3.69 (m, 1H), 3.66-3.63 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.35 (m, 1H), 1.04 (t, 3H).
The compound F can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 12 according to the procedure described in Example 7.







TABLE 12







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound F








 
















No.
R3




The mole ratio of compound (J) to compound (VI); the amount of compound (J)
Reaction solvent
The mass ratio of reaction solvent to compound (J)
Reaction temperature (° C.)
Reaction time(h)
Product character
Quality; yield (%) of product



















F1
ethyl




1; 5.03 g
ethanol
8
30
4
yellow solid
4.07 g; 70


 


F2
ethyl




1; 5.03 g
ethanol
4
30
8
yellow solid
4.12 g; 71


 


F3
ethyl




1; 5.03 g
ethanol
20
30
24
yellow solid
2.61 g; 45


 


F4
ethyl




1; 5.03 g
ethanol
30
30
6
yellow solid
4.54 g; 80


 


F5
ethyl




1; 5.03 g
ethanol
15
30
24
yellow solid
3.04 g; 51


 


F6
ethyl




1; 5.03 g
ethanol
20
30
6
yellow solid
4.47 g; 78


 


F7
ethyl




1; 5.03 g
ethanol
25
30
12
yellow solid
3.91 g; 65


 


F8
ethyl




1; 5.03 g
ethanol
14
30
12
yellow solid
4.09 g; 68


 


F9
methyl




1; 4.89 g
ethanol
8
30
4
yellow solid
3.83 g; 71


 


F10
methyl




1; 4.89 g
ethanol
4
30
8
yellow solid
3.85 g; 68


 


F11
methyl




1; 4.89 g
ethanol
10
30
12
yellow solid
3.74 g; 66


 


F12
methyl




1; 4.89 g
ethanol
30
30
6
yellow solid
2.50 g; 44


 


F13
methyl




1; 4.89 g
ethanol
8
30
12
yellow solid
4.32 g; 78


 


F14
methyl




1; 4.89 g
ethanol
20
30
6
yellow solid
2.79 g; 48


 


F15
methyl




1; 4.89 g
ethanol
25
30
12
yellow solid
4.14 g; 74


 


F16
methyl




1; 4.89 g
ethanol
14
30
12
yellow solid
3.64 g; 62


 


F17
methyl




1; 4.89 g
ethanol
15
30
24
yellow solid
 3.7 g; 63
















TABLE 12-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound L









No.
1H NMR
MS





F1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (s, 1H), 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 3.96
m/z: 581.2



(q, 2H), 3.89-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.47 (m, 2H), 2.81-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.38-2.21
[M + H]+;



(m, 3H), 2.04-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.60 (m, 2H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



F2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (s, 1H), 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.95 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 3.97
m/z: 580.9



(q, 2H), 3.93-3.83 (m, 3H), 3.57-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.88 (d, 1H), 2.63 (d, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



2.37-2.22 (m, 3H), 2.13-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



F3
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.14 (br, 1H), 9.82 (s, 1H), 8.02
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.54( dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 
m/z: 580.9



4.18 (d, 1H), 3.96 (q, 2H), 3.91 (d, 1H), 3.82-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.71
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.61-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.32 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.53




(m, 1H), 2.49-2.47 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.32 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.58




(m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



F4
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.02 (s, 1H), 9.78 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.93 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 4.10
m/z: 567.1



(d, 1H), 3.95 (q, 2H), 3.90-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.46-3.42
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.98 (d, 1H), 2.93 (d, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



F5
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.11 (s, 1H), 9.74 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.95 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.16
m/z: 594.6



(d, 1H), 4.00-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.86 (d, 1H), 3.77-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.53
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.51-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.66 (d, 1H), 2.46-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.30




(m, 3H), 2.03 -1.91 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.20 (d, 3H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



F6
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.98 (br, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.61 (dd, 1H), 7.48 (dd, 1H), 7.28 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.35 (d, 1H), 4.13
m/z: 573.0



(d, 1H), 4.01-3.94 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.25-3.19 (m, 1H), 3.10-3.04
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.86-2.68 (m, 1H), 1.20 (t, 3H).



F7
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.08 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.93 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.24 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.12
m/z: 601.1



(dd, 2H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 3.61-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.56
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.35-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.12-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.48




(m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



F8
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 12.19 (br, 1H), 9.46 (s, 1H), 7.86 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.50 (d, 1H), 7.37-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.00 (td, 1H), 6.19 (s, 1H), 4.52 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 601.2



4.14-4.03(m, 2H), 3.65(d, 1H), 3.31-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.02-2.91 (m, 1H),
[M + H]+;



2.57-2.25 (m, 5H), 1.79-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.16 (t, 3H).



F9
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.88 (br, 1H), 10.07 (br, 1H), 8.02
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 
m/z: 539.1



4.25 (d, 1H), 4.04 (d, 1H), 3.99 (dd, 1H), 3.84 (dd, 1H), 3.73-3.70 (m, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



3.69-3.65 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.07 (m, 1H), 




2.41-2.39 (m, 1H).



F10
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.03 (s, 1H), 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.93 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 
m/z: 567.2



3.93-3.83 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.53 (m, 2H) 3.52 (s, 3H), 2.77 (dd, 2H), 2.38-2.25
[M + H]+;



(m, 3H), 2.05-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.59 (m, 2H).



F11
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (s, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.57 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 3.95
m/z: 567.2



(d, 1H), 3.86-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.52-3.49
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.88 (d, 1H), 2.62 (d, 1H), 2.37-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.15-2.08 (m, 1H), 




1.72-1.64 (m, 2H).



F12
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 3.91
m/z: 567.2



(d, 1H), 3.83-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.70 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.53
[M + H]+;



(s, 3H), 3.47-3.40 (m, 1H), 3.04-2.86 (m, 1H), 2.77-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.54




(m, 1H), 2.37-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.65-1.58 (m, 1H).



F13
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.02 (s, 1H), 9.83 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.38 (dd, 1H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 4.05
m/z: 553.0



(d, 1H), 3.90-3.85 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.42
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.00 (d, 1H), 2.92 (d, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H).



F14
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.10 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.96 (d, 1H), 7.54 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.18 
m/z: 581.2



(d, 1H), 3.88 (d, 1H), 3.78-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 
[M + H]+;



3.50-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.68 (d, 1H), 2.47-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 3H), 2.04-




1.92 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H).



F15
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.71 (br, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.56 (dd, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 4.33 (d, 1H), 4.09
m/z: 558.6



(d, 1H), 3.93-3.88 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.49-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.22-3.08
[M + H]+;



(m, 2H), 2.82-2.74 (m, 1H).



F16
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.03 (s, 1H), 9.57 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.92 (d, 1H), 7.55 (dd, 1H), 7.39 (dd, 1H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 4.14 
m/z: 587.2



(dd, 2H), 3.62-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.57-2.56
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.36-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.13-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.90 (m, 1H), 1.56-1.46




(m, 1H).



F17
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 12.15 (br, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 7.85 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.51 (d, 1H), 7.38-7.33 (m, 2H), 7.01 (td, 1H), 6.17 (s, 1H), 4.50 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 587.2



3.66 (d, 1H) 3.55 (s, 3H), 3.33-3.23 (m, 2H), 3.04-2.92 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.25
[M + H]+;



(m, 5H), 1.78-1.74 (m, 1H).









Example 8: The Preparation of (R)-ethyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




Step 1) (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




Method One:

To a flask were added 2-thiazolecarboxamidine hydrochloride (16.4 g, 0.1 mol), 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (15.9 g, 0.1 mol), (R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 3-oxobutanoate (20.2 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous sodium acetate (8.2 g, 0.1 mol) and ethanol (74 g) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to 30° C., kept at 30° C. and stirred for 6 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with water (330 mL) and dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the crude product. To the crude product was added n-propanol (50 g). The mixture was heated until dissolved completely, cooled to 30° C., and then kept at 30° C., stirred and crystallized for 8 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (10.4 g, 23%).
[a]D25=−91.47 (c=0.3083 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 452.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.05 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.84 (q, 1H), 4.12-4.04 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).
The compound 8 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 13 by using method one described in step 1 of Example 8.







TABLE 13







The reaction conditions








 








 






















The












(1):(7):

mass












(3):(4):

ratio












(mol);

of





The mass






the

reaction





ratio of






amount

solvent





recrystalli-






of

to
Reaction
Re-

Cool-

zation
Crystalliza-

Quality;



compound

com-
tempera-
action
Cooling
ing
Recrystalli-
solvent to
tion
Crystalli-
yield (%)



(1) is
Reaction
pound
ture
time
temperature
time
zation
compound
temperature
zation
of


No.
16.4 g
sovent
(1)
(° C.)
(h)
(° C.)
(h)
solvent
(1)
(° C.)
time(h)
product





1
1:1:2:1
—
—
78
12
40
6
ethanol
20
0
3
7.9 g;














17.5


2
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
6
ethanol
15
25
10
8.5 g;














18.8


3
1:1:1:1
ethanol
4.5
25
72
25
—
ethanol
4
5
8
9.1 g;














20.2


4
1:1:1:1
ethanol
5
78
12
25
6
ethanol
3
15
5
10.2 g; 














22.5


5
1:1:1:1
ethanol
20
60
24
−20
12
ethanol
3
25
6
8.9 g;














19.6


6
1:1:1:1
ethanol
80
78
12
−40
24
ethanol
5
25
4
7.6 g;














16.9


7
1:1:1:1
n-butanol
4.5
100
5
25
6
n-butanol
4
25
6
10.4 g; 














23.1


8
1:1:1:1
n-propanol
4.5
80
12
25
6
n-propanol
3
25
6
11.8 g; 














26.2


9
1:1:1:1
i-propanol
4.5
82
12
25
2
i-propanol
3
30
6
11.4 g; 














25.3


10
1:1:1:1
t-butanol
4.5
82
12
30
12
t-butanol
4
25
6
 11 g;














24.4


11
1:1:1:1
2-methoxy-
4.5
78
12
−10
12
i-propanol
3.5
25
4
9 g;




ethanol









20  


12
1:1:1:1
1,2-di-
4.5
78
12
−15
12
i-propanol
3.5
25
6
8.6 g;




methoxy-









19.1




ethane









Method Two

To a flask were added 2-thiazolecarboxamidine hydrochloride (16.4 g, 0.1 mol), 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (15.9 g, 0.1 mol), (R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 3-oxobutanoate (20.2 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous sodium acetate (8.2 g, 0.1 mol) and ethanol (74 g) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to 30° C., kept at 30° C. and stirred for 6 hours. The mixture was filtered. The filtrate was washed with ethanol (16.4 g) and water (330 mL) in turn, and then dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (12.2 g, 27%).
[a]D25=−91.47 (c=0.3083 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 452.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.05 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.84 (q, 1H), 4.12-4.04 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).
The compound 8 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 14 by using method two described in step 1 of Example 8.







TABLE 14







The reaction conditions








 








 



















(1):(7):













(3):(4):

The





The





(mol);

mass





mass





the

ratio of





ratio of





amount

reaction





washing





of

solvent





solvent





compound

to
Reaction

Cooling


to
Washing
Quality;



(1) is
Reaction
compound
tempera-
Reaction
tempera-
Cooling
Washing
compound
temperature
yield (%)


No.
16.4 g
sovent
(1)
ture
time(h)
ture(° C.)
time(h)
solvent
(1)
(° C.)
of product





1
1:1:2:1
—
—
78
12
40
6
ethanol
10
25
 8.8 g;













19.4


2
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
6
ethanol
7.5
25
 9.3 g;













20.5


3
1:1:1:1
ethanol
4.5
25
72
25
—
ethanol
2
25
  10 g;













22.2


4
1:1:1:1
ethanol
5
78
12
25
6
ethanol
3
25
11.1 g;













24.6


5
1:1:1:1
n-propanol
6
80
12
25
6
—
—
—
13.1 g;













28.9


6
1:1:1:1
ethanol
20
60
24
−20
6
ethanol
3
25
 9.6 g;













21.3


7
1:1:1:1
ethanol
80
78
12
−30
24
ethanol
5
25
 9.3 g;













18.8


8
1:1:1:1
n-butanol
4.5
100
5
25
6
n-butanol
3
25
11.4 g;













25.2


9
1:1:1:1
n-propanol
4.5
80
12
25
6
n-propanol
2
25
12.8 g;













28.4


10
1:1:1:1
i-propanol
4.5
82
12
25
2
i-propanol
2
30
12.6 g;













27.8


11
1:1:1:1
t-butanol
4.5
82
12
30
12
t-butanol
3
25
  12 g;













26.5


12
1:1:1:1
2-methoxy-
4.5
78
12
−10
12
2-methoxy-
1
0
 9.9 g;




ethanol





ethanol


21.8


13
1:1:1:1
1,2-di-
4.5
78
12
−15
12
i-propanol
2
25
 9.6 g;




methoxy-








21.3




ethane









Method Three:

To a flask were added 2-thiazolecarboxamidine hydrochloride (16.4 g, 0.1 mol), 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (15.9 g, 0.1 mol), (R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 3-oxobutanoate (20.2 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous sodium acetate (8.2 g, 0.1 mol) and ethanol (74 g) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to 30° C., kept at 30° C. and stirred for 6 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with water (330 mL) and dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the crude product. The crude product was triturated with n-propanol (50 g) at 30° C. for 5 hours and filtered. The filter cake was dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (11.3 g, 25%).
[a]D25=−91.47 (c=0.3083 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 452.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.05 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.84 (q, 1H), 4.12-4.04 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).
The compound 8 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 15 by using method three described in step 1 of Example 8.







TABLE 15







The reaction conditions








 








 




















(1):(7):














(3):(4):

The












(mol);

mass












the

ratio of





The mass






amount

reaction


Cool-


ratio of






of

solvent
Reaction

ing


trituration
Trituration

Quality;



compound

to
temper-

temper-


solvent to
tempera-

yield (%)



(1) is
Reaction
compound
ature
Reaction
ature
Cooling
Trituration
compound
ture
Trituration
of


No.
16.4 g
sovent
(1)
(° C.)
time(h)
(° C.)
time(h)
solvent
(1)
(° C.)
time(h)
product





1
1:1:2:1
—
—
78
12
40
6
ethanol
8
25
10
8.4 g;














18.6


2
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
6
ethanol
7
25
5
8.8 g;














19.5


3
1:1:1:1
ethanol
4.5
25
72
25
—
ethanol
3
25
3
9.6 g;














21.3


4
1:1:1:1
ethanol
5
78
12
25
6
ethanol
4
5
1
10.5 g; 














23.2


5
1:1:1:1
ethanol
20
60
24
−20
12
ethanol
3
25
4
9.3 g;














20.6


6
1:1:1:1
ethanol
80
78
12
-40
24
ethanol
5
25
2
8.1 g;














17.8


7
1:1:1:1
n-butanol
4.5
100
5
25
6
n-butanol
4
25
3
10.9 g; 














24.1


8
1:1:1:1
n-propanol
4.5
80
12
25
6
n-propanol
3
25
4
12.4 g; 














27.5


9
1:1:1:1
i-propanol
4.5
82
12
25
2
i-propanol
3
30
2
12.1 g; 














26.7


10
1:1:1:1
t-butanol
4.5
82
12
30
12
t-butanol
4
25
4
11.4 g; 














25.3


11
1:1:1:1
2-methoxy-
4.5
78
12
−10
12
i-propanol
3
25
3
9.4 g;




ethanol









20.9


12
1:1:1:1
1,2-di-
4.5
78
12
−15
12
i-propanol
3
25
2
9.2 g;




methoxy-









20.4




ethane









Step 2) (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-bromomethyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (45.2 g, 0.1 mol) and tetrachloromethane (900 g). The mixture was heated at 76° C., NBS was added (19.6 g, 0.11 mol), and then the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added ethanol (226 g). The resulting mixture was cooled to 0° C., kept at 0° C. and stirred. After the solid precipitated out completely, the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with ethanol (45 g) and dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 6 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (31.3 g, 59%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 531.6 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.37 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.47-7.42 (m, 2H), 7.23 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.94 (q, 1H), 4.87-4.78 (m, 2H), 4.16-4.04 (m, 2H), 1.27 (d, 3H), 1.15 (t, 3H).
The compound A2 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 16 according to the procedure described in step 2 of Example 8.







TABLE 16







The reaction conditions








 








 

















The mass


The mass




Compound

ratio of


ratio of the




(8):NBS(mol)

reaction

The
additional




the amount of

solvent to
Reaction
solvent
solvent to
Quality;



compound (8) is
Reaction
compound
temperature
added to
compound
yield (%)


No.
45.2 g
solvent
(8)
(° C.)
the residue
(8)
of product





1
1:1.1,
DCM
30
39
i-propanol
7
33.5 g;









63%


2
 1:1.05,
DCM
10
39
ethanol
5
31.9 g;









60%


3
 1:1.15,
CHCl3
20
61
n-propanol
6
34.5 g;









65%


4
1:1.1,
CCl4
20
76
ethanol
5
36.1 g;









68%









Step 3) (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-morpholinomethyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (53.1 g, 0.1 mol), i-propanol (287 g) and morpholine (34.8 g, 0.4 mol). The mixture was stirred at 55° C. for 4 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to 0° C., kept at this temperature and stirred. After the solid precipitated out completely, the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with i-propanol (53 g) followed by water (530 g), and then dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellowish solid (34.4 g, 64%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 537.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.77 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.09 (s, 1H), 4.86 (q, 1H), 4.12-4.04 (m, 2H), 3.90 (dd, 2H), 3.68 (t, 4H), 2.56 (br, 4H), 1.25 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).
Step 4) (R)-ethyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added anhydrous ethanol (403 g) and lithium (1.74 g, 0.25 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then a solution of (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (53.7 g, 0.1 mol) in ethanol (403 g) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 1.5 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (540 g). The mixture was washed with water (250 g×2). The organic layer was concentrated to obtain the product as yellow thick oil (34.9 g, 75%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 465.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.40-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.15 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 3.94 (q, 2H), 3.88 (dd, 2H), 3.65 (br, 4H), 2.56 (br, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H).
Example 9: The Preparation of (R)-methyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added anhydrous methanol (806 g) and lithium (1.74 g, 0.25 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (53.7 g, 0.1 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 60° C. and stirred for 1.5 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (540 g). The mixture was washed with water (250 g×2). The organic layer was concentrated to obtain the product as yellow thick oil (32.9 g, 73%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 450.8 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.72 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.17 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 3.93 (dd, 2H), 3.68 (br, 4H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 2.56 (br, 4H).
Example 10: The Preparation of (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




Step 1) (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-5-((((R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl)oxy)carbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




To a flask were added (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (53.1 g, 0.1 mol), ethanol (800 g), (S)-morpholine-3-carboxylic acid (13.1 g, 0.1 mol) and potassium carbonate (27.6 g, 0.2 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 12 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. To the residue was added water (840 g), the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (840 mL), the organic layer was discarded. To the aqueous layer was added ethyl acetate (900 mL), the mixture was adjusted to pH 3-6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the product as a yellow solid (41.8 g, 72%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 581.1 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.86 (q, 1H), 4.25-4.14 (m, 1H), 4.11-4.02 (m, 3H), 3.99-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.84 (dd, 1H), 3.74-3.65 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.11-3.04 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.38 (m, 1H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).
The compound Q can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 17 according to the procedure described in step 1 of Example 10.







TABLE 17







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound Q








 














No.




compound A2: compound(VI)(mol); the amount of compound A1 is 5.31 g
Reaction solvent
Reaction temperature (° C.)
Reaction time(h)
Product character
Quality; yield (%) of product





Q1




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.14 g; 68


 


Q2




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.08 g; 67


 


Q3




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
2.68 g; 44


 


Q4




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.22 g; 71


 


Q5




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
2.68 g; 43


 


Q6




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.09 g; 68


 


Q7




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
 3.4 g; 54


 


Q8




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
 3.2 g; 51
















TABLE 17-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound Q









No.
1H NMR
MS





Q1
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.03 (br, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.02
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.86 
m/z: 609.1



(q, 1H), 4.13-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.93-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.59-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.48
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.78 (t, 2H), 2.36-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.01 (t, 1H), 1.65-1.62 (m, 2H), 




1.24 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).



Q2
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (br, 1H), 9.72 (s, 1H), 8.04
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.84
m/z: 608.7



(q, 1H), 4.14-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.94-3.86 (m, 3H), 3.58-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.48 
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.77 (t, 2H), 2.37-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.02 (t, 1H), 1.66-1.62 (m, 2H), 




1.24 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).



Q3
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.78 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.84 (q, 1H), 4.16 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 609.2



4.12-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.86 (d, 1H), 3.81 (d, 1H), 3.74-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.54
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.35-3.33 (m, 1H), 2.93-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.57-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.32 




(m, 1H), 2.29-2.23 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.82 (m, 1H), 1.67-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.25




(d, 3H), 1.12 (t, 3H).



Q4
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.91 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.44-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.85 (q, 1H), 4.13-4.04
m/z: 595.2



(m, 3H), 3.92-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.73-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.61 (m, 1H), 3.00
[M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 2.91 (d, 1H), 2.49-2.45 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.14




(t, 3H).



Q5
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.12 (s, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.96 (d, 1H), 7.40-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.86 (q, 1H), 
m/z: 623.2



4.15 (d, 1H), 4.10-4.01 (m, 2H), 3.84 (d, 1H), 3.76-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.56
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.55-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.68 (d, 1H), 2.46-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.32




(m, 3H), 2.08-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.71 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 




1.16 (t, 3H).



Q6
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.78 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.46-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.18 (m, 1H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.87-4.77 (m, 1H), 4.33 
m/z: 601.2



(dd, 1H), 4.11-4.04 (m, 3H), 3.94-3.91 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.50 (m, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



3.17-3.11 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.42 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.14 




(t, 3H).



Q7
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (s, 1H), 9.58 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.46-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.20 (td, 1H), 6.08 (s, 1H), 4.87 (q, 1H), 
m/z: 629.2



4.17-4.05 (m, 4H), 3.58-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.93 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.53 (m, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



2.36-2.19 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.52 (m, 1H), 




1.25 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).



Q8
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.15 (s, 1H), 9.55 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.95 (d, 1H), 7.47 (dd, 1H), 7.43 (dd, 1H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.09 (s, 1H), 4.86
m/z: 629.2



(q, 1H), 4.17-4.05 (m, 4H), 3.48-3.43 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.91 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.52
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.40-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.14-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.63-1.60 (m, 1H), 1.26




(d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).









Step 2) (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




To a flask were added anhydrous ethanol (870 g) and lithium (2.43 g, 0.35 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-5-((((R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl)oxy)carbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid (58.1 g, 0.1 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 78° C. and stirred for 12 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added water (1100 g), the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (1000 mL). The organic layer was discarded. To the aqueous layer was added ethyl acetate (1280 mL), the mixture was adjusted to pH 3-6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the product as a yellow solid (33.1 g, 65%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 509.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.00 (br, 1H), 9.95 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 1H), 7.46-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.17 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 4.05-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.81 (dd, 1H), 3.72-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.38 (m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).
The compound X can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 18 according to the procedure described in step 2 of Example 10.







TABLE 18







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound X








 















No.
R3




The mole ratio of Lithium to compound Q; the amount of compound Q
Reaction solvent
Reaction temperature (° C.)
Reaction time(h)
Product character
Quality; yield (%) of product


















X1
ethyl




5; 6.4 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
3.38 g; 63


 


X2
ethyl




5; 6.4 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
3.33 g; 62


 


X3
ethyl




5; 6.4 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
2.63 g; 49


 


X4
ethyl




5; 6.26 g
ethanol
78
12
yellow solid
3.77 g; 72


 


X5
ethyl




5; 6.54 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
2.48 g; 45


 


X6
ethyl




5; 6.3 g
ethanol
78
12
yellow solid
3.07 g; 58


 


X7
ethyl




5; 6.6 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
2.73 g; 49


 


X8
ethyl




5; 6.6 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
 2.9 g; 52


 


X9
methyl




5; 6.1 g
methanol
64
18
yellow solid
3.47 g; 70


 


X10
methyl




5; 6.4 g
methanol
64
6
yellow solid
3.14 g; 60


 


X11
methyl




5; 6.4 g
methanol
64
4
yellow solid
3.09 g; 59


 


X12
methyl




5; 6.4 g
methanol
64
8
yellow solid
2.41 g; 46


 


X13
methyl




5; 6.26 g
methanol
64
18
yellow solid
3.51 g; 69


 


X14
methyl




5; 6.54 g
methanol
64
5
yellow solid
2.31 g; 43


 


X15
methyl




5; 6.3 g
methanol
64
12
yellow solid
2.83 g; 55


 


X16
methyl




5; 6.87 g
methanol
64
6
yellow solid
2.55 g; 47


 


X17
methyl




5; 6.87 g
methanol
64
6
yellow solid
2.66 g; 49
















TABLE 18-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound X









No.
1H NMR
MS





X1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 3.96 (q, 2H), 3.89-3.85
537.3 [M + H]+;



(m, 3H), 3.59-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.03-1.98 




(m, 1H), 1.64-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



X2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.07 (s, 1H), 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 
536.9 [M + H]+;



3.92-3.82 (m, 3H), 3.58-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.88 (d, 1H), 2.63 (d, 1H), 2.37-2.22 




(m, 3H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



X3
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.13 (br, 1H), 9.81 (s, 1H), 8.02
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.20
537.2 [M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 3.98 (q, 2H), 3.92 (d, 1H), 3.83-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.72 (m, 1H), 




3.62-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.33 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.53 (m, 1H),




2.49-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.32 (m, 2H), 1.89-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.58 (m, 1H), 




1.06 (t, 3H).



X4
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.00 (s, 1H), 9.78 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



7.93 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.06 (d, 1H), 
523.2 [M + H]+;



3.95 (q, 2H), 3.90 (d, 1H), 3.74-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 1H), 2.98




(d, 1H), 2.89 (d, 1H), 2.49-2.45 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 1.04 (t, 3H).



X5
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.12 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



7.95 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.15 (td, 1H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 
551.2 [M + H]+;



4.02-3.91 (m, 2H), 3.86 (d, 1H), 3.75-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.54 (m, 1H), 




3.51-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.66 (d, 1H), 2.46-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.30 (m, 3H), 2.03-




1.92 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.74 (m, 1H), 1.20 (d, 3H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



X6
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.01 (br, 1H), 9.66 (s, 1H), 7.98
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



(d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.45-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.33
529.1 [M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 4.08 (d, 1H), 4.05-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 3.92-3.89 (m, 1H), 




3.53-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.12 (m, 1H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 1H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



X7
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.08 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



7.92 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.13 (dd, 2H), 
556.9 [M + H]+;



3.97 (q, 2H), 3.60-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.56 (m, 1H), 




2.36-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.13-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.44 (m, 1H), 




1.05 (t, 3H).



X8
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.16 (br, 1H), 9.45 (s, 1H), 8.00
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.47-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.12
557.2 [M + H]+;



(dd, 2H), 4.00-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.46-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.85 (m, 2H), 




2.60-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.23 (m, 2H), 2.15-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.56 (m, 1H), 




1.05 (t, 3H).



X9
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.52 (br, 1H), 9.86 (s, 1H), 8.03
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.16 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.24
494.9 [M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 4.06-3.97 (m, 2H), 3.84 (dd, 1H), 3.73-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.59




(m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.10-3.06 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.39 (m, 1H).



X10
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.12 (s, 1H), 9.71 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



7.96 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 3.94-3.82
522.9 [M + H]+;



(m, 3H), 3.62-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 2.78 (dd, 2H), 2.38-2.26 (m, 3H), 




2.06-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.59 (m, 2H).



X11
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.09 (br, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.03
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 3.95
523.2 [M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 3.86-3.81 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.47




(m, 1H), 2.87 (d, 1H), 2.62 (d, 1H), 2.35-2.19 (m, 3H), 2.14-2.08 (m, 1H), 




1.73-1.61 (m, 2H).



X12
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.16 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 3.93 (d, 1H), 
523.1 [M + H];



3.84-3.79 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 




3.48-3.41 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.56 (m, 1H), 




2.38-2.23 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.58 (m, 1H).



X13
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.01 (s, 1H), 9.83 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



7.93 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.17 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.07 (d, 1H), 
508.7 [M + H]+;



3.89 (d, 1H), 3.76-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.43 (m, 1H), 2.98




(d, 1H), 2.89 (d, 1H), 1.20 (d, 3H).



X14
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.11 (s, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



7.96 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.16 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.16 (d, 1H), 
537.1 [M + H]+;



3.88 (d, 1H), 3.78-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.46




(m, 1H), 2.68 (d, 1H), 2.48-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.31 (m, 3H), 2.04-1.93




(m, 1H), 1.82-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H).



X15
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.70 (br, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.31 (d, 1H), 4.09 (d, 1H), 
515.1 [M + H]+;



3.94-3.89(m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.07 (m, 2H), 




2.84-2.75 (m, 1H).



X16
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.07 (br, 1H), 9.55 (s, 1H), 7.99
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



(d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.15
543.0 [M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 4.09 (d, 1H), 3.56-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.05-2.95 (m, 2H), 




2.48-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.85 (m, 1H), 




1.59-1.50 (m, 1H).



X17
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (br, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 8.01
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.16 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.13
543.0 [M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 4.09 (d, 1H), 3.57-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.06-2.96 (m, 2H), 




2.47-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.17 (m, 2H), 2.16-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.85 (m, 1H), 




1.60-1.51 (m, 1H).









Example 11: The Preparation of (R)-ethyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




Step 1) (R)-ethyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added anhydrous ethanol (360 g) and lithium (2.43 g, 0.35 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (45.2 g, 0.1 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 6 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to 10° C., kept at 10° C. and stirred for 8 hours. The mixture was filtered. The filtrate was washed with anhydrous ethanol (45 g) and water (500 g) in turn, and then dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (23.6 g, 62%).
[a]D25=−59.6 (c=0.3020 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 380.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.92 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.37 (dd, 1H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 3.93 (q, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 1.03 (t, 3H).
The compound T can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 19 according to the procedure described in step 1 of Example 11.







TABLE 19







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound T














 

















The mole 










ratio of










Lithium

The mass








to compound

ratio of








(8); the

reaction








amount of

solvent to
Reaction


Quality;




compound
Reaction
compound
temperature
Reaction
Product
yield (%)


No.
R3
(8) is 49.6 g
solvent
(8)
(° C.)
time (h)
character
of product





T1
ethyl
2.5
ethanol
10
78
12
yellow
15.2 g;









solid
40


T1
ethyl
3
ethanol
6
78
8
yellow
26.6 g;









solid
70


T1
ethyl
4
ethanol
10
78
4
yellow
22 g;









solid
58


T1
ethyl
5
ethanol
20
78
24
yellow
17.1 g;









solid
45


T1
ethyl
6
ethanol
30
78
12
yellow
14.1 g;









solid
37


T1
ethyl
8
ethanol
20
78
12
yellow
17.9 g;









solid
47


T2
methyl
3
methanol
3
64
20
yellow
20.9 g;









solid
57


T2
methyl
3
methanol
4
64
6
yellow
17.9 g;









solid
49


T2
methyl
4
methanol
6
64
8
yellow
11.7 g;









solid
32
















TABLE 19-1







The NMR, MS and specific rotation datum of the compound T










No.
1H NMR
MS
specific rotation





T1
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.92 (s, 1H), 7.97
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:
[α]D25 = −59.6 (c =



(d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.37 (dd, 1H), 7.19
380.2 [M + H]+;
0.3020 g/100



(td, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 3.93 (q, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 1.03

mL, MeOH);



(t, 3H).




T2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 7.81 (d, 1H), 7.68
MS (ESI, pos. ion) m/z:
[α]D25 = −81.49 (c =



(d, 1H), 7.36 (dd, 1H), 7.29 (dd, 1H), 7.11 (td, 1H), 5.90 
366.1 [M + H]+;
0.5031 g/100



(s, 1H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 2.34 (s, 3H).

mL, MeOH);









Step 2) (R)-ethyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-bromomethyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a dry flask were added (R)-ethyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (38 g, 0.1 mol) and CCl4 (760 g), followed by NBS (19.6 g, 0.11 mol) at 70° C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min and cooled, and then filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to obtain a yellow solid (37.6 g, 82%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 457.9 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.67 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.97 (br, 1H), 7.44-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 4.83 (br, 2H), 4.02 (q, 2H), 1.07 (t, 3H).
The compound W can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 20 according to the procedure described in step 2 of Example 11.







TABLE 20







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound W














 


















The







The mole 

mass







ratio of

ratio







NBS to

of







com-

reac-







pound

tion







T; the

solvent 
Reac-

Qual-




amount 
Reac-
to
tion
Pro-
ity;




of com-
tion
com-
tempe-
duct
yield




pound
sol-
pound
rature
charac-
(%) of


No.
R3
T
vent
(W)
(° C.)
ter
product





W1
ethyl
1.0; 
DCM
10
39
yellow
37.2 g;




38 g



solid
81


W1
ethyl
1.0; 
CHCl3
20
61
yellow
35.8 g;




38 g



solid
78


W1
ethyl
1.1; 
CCl4
30
76
yellow
38.6 g;




38 g



solid
84


W2
methyl
1.0; 
DCM
10
39
yellow
32 g;




36.6 g



solid
72


W2
methyl
1.1; 
CHCl3
20
61
yellow
32.5 g;




36.6 g



solid
73


W2
methyl
1.1; 
CCl4
30
76
yellow
36.5 g;




36.6 g



solid
82
















TABLE 20-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound W









No.
1H NMR
MS





W1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.62 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.94 (d, 1H), 4.62 (d, 1H), 4.15
m/z: 457.9



(q, 2H), 1.12 (t, 3H).
[M + H]+;


W2
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.96 (br, 1H), 7.46-7.40 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(m, 2H), 7.22 (td, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 4.83 (br, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H).
m/z: 445.6




[M + H]+;









Step 3) (R)-ethyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-ethyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (45.9 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous ethanol (275 g) and morpholine (34.8 g, 0.4 mol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. under nitrogen atmosphere for 6 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was concentrated. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (500 g), the resulting mixture was washed with water (250 mL×2). The organic layer was concentrated to give the product as tawny oil (35.8 g, 77%)
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 465.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.40-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.15 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 3.94 (q, 2H), 3.88 (dd, 2H), 3.65 (br, 4H), 2.56 (br, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H).
The compound U can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 21 according to the procedure described in step 3 of Example 11.







TABLE 21







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound U








 

















The mole ratio

The mass








of compound (6)

ratio of








to compound W;

reaction
Reaction


Quality;




the amount of
Reaction
solvent to
temperature
Reaction
Product
yield (%) of


No.
R3
compound W
solvent
compound (J)
(° C.)
time (h)
character
product





U1
ethyl
2; 45.9 g
ethanol
20
25
 2
tawny oil
34 g; 73


U1
ethyl
3; 45.9 g
acetone
10
40
10
tawny oil
36.3 g; 78


U1
ethyl
4; 45.9 g
methanol
10
30
 6
tawny oil
33.5 g; 72


U1
ethyl
5; 45.9 g
ethyl acetate
20
50
24
tawny oil
34.4 g; 74


U1
ethyl
6; 45.9 g
DCM
 8
39
 6
tawny oil
33 g; 71


U1
ethyl
3; 45.9 g
DMF
 4
60
 1
tawny oil
31.6 g; 68


U1
ethyl
4; 45.9 g
THF
 6
50
 8
tawny oil
33.5 g; 72


U2
methyl
2; 44.5 g
ethanol
20
25
 2
tawny oil
33.8 g; 75


U2
methyl
3; 44.5 g
acetone
10
40
10
tawny oil
32.4 g; 72


U2
methyl
4; 44.5 g
methanol
10
30
 6
tawny oil
34.6 g; 77


U2
methyl
5; 44.5 g 
ethyl acetate
20
50
24
tawny oil
33.3 g; 74


U2
methyl
6; 44.5 g
DCM
 8
39
 6
tawny oil
30.2 g; 67


U2
methyl
3; 44.5 g
DMF
 4
60
 1
tawny oil
32 g; 71


U2
methyl
4; 44.5 g
THF
 6
50
 8
tawny oil
30.6 g; 68
















TABLE 21-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound U









No.
1H NMR
MS





U1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.40-7.37 (m, 2H), 7.15 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 3.94 (q, 2H), 3.88 (dd, 2H), 3.65
m/z: 465.2



(br, 4H), 2.56 (br, 4H), 1.05 (t, 3H).
[M + H]+;


U2
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.72 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.17 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 3.93 (dd, 2H), 3.68 (br, 4H), 
m/z: 450.8



3.53 (s, 3H), 2.56 (br, 4H).
[M + H]+;









Example 12: The Preparation of (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




To a flask were added (R)-ethyl 4-(2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (4.59 g, 10 mmol), (S)-morpholine-3-carboxylic acid (1.31 g, 10 mmol), potassium carbonate (2.76 g, 20 mmol) and ethanol (90 mL). The mixture was stirred at 30° C. under nitrogen atmosphere for 12 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. To the residue was added water (100 mL), the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was discarded. To the aqueous layer was added ethyl acetate (100 mL), and the mixture was adjusted to pH 3-6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the product as a yellow solid (3.96 g, 78%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 509.2 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.00 (br, 1H), 9.95 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.93 (d, 1H), 7.46-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.17 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 4.05-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.97-3.91 (m, 3H), 3.81 (dd, 1H), 3.72-3.63 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.53 (m, 1H), 3.08-3.05 (m, 1H), 2.42-2.38 (m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).
The compound X can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 22 according to the procedure described Example 12.







TABLE 22







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound X








 
















No.
R3




The mole ratio of compound W to compound (VI); the amount of compound W
Reaction solvent
The mass ratio of reaction solvent to compound (W)
Reaction temperature (° C.)
Reaction time (h)
Product character
Quality; yield (%) of product





X1
ethyl




1; 4.59 g
ethanol
20
30
 4
yellow solid
3.65 g; 68


 


X2
ethyl




1; 4.59 g
ethanol
15
30
 6
yellow solid
3.6 g; 67


 


X3
ethyl




1; 4.59 g
ethanol
10
30
12
yellow solid
2.31 g; 43


 


X4
ethyl




1; 4.59 g
ethanol
 4
30
24
yellow solid
4.1 g; 78


 


X5
ethyl




1; 4.59 g
ethanol
12
30
16
yellow solid
2.76 g; 50


 


X6
ethyl




1; 4.59 g
ethanol
20
30
24
yellow solid
3.97 g; 75


 


X7
ethyl




1; 4.59 g
ethanol
10
30
12
yellow solid
3.45 g; 62


 


X8
ethyl




1; 4.59 g
ethanol
15
30
18
yellow solid
3.4 g; 61


 


X9
methyl




1; 4.45 g
ethanol
 6
30
24
yellow solid
3.47 g; 70


 


X10
methyl




1; 4.45 g
ethanol
10
30
12
yellow solid
3.45 g; 66


 


X11
methyl




1; 4.45 g
ethanol
20
30
16
yellow solid
3.29 g; 63


 


X12
methyl




1; 4.45 g
ethanol
15
30
20
yellow solid
2.2 g; 42


 


X13
methyl




1; 4.45 g
ethanol
30
30
 2
yellow solid
3.82 g; 75


 


X14
methyl




1; 4.45 g
ethanol
 8
30
10
yellow solid
2.47 g; 46


 


X15
methyl




1; 4.45 g
ethanol
15
30
16
yellow solid
3.71 g; 72


 


X16
methyl




1; 4.45 g
ethanol
10
30
 8
yellow solid
3.2 g; 59


 


X17
methyl




1; 4.45 g
ethanol
20
30
 8
yellow solid
3.15 g; 58
















TABLE 22-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound X









No.
1H NMR
MS





X1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 3.96 (q, 2H), 3.89-3.85 (m, 3H), 
m/z: 537.3



3.59-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.74 (m, 2H), 2.36-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.03-1.98 (m, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



1.64-1.59 (m, 2H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



X2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.07 (s, 1H), 9.65 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.94
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 3.92-3.82 
m/z: 536.9



(m, 3H), 3.58-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.88 (d, 1H), 2.63 (d, 1H), 2.37-2.22
[M + H]+;



(m, 3H), 2.08-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



X3
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.13 (br, 1H), 9.81 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.94
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 3.98 (q, 2H), 
m/z: 537.2



3.92 (d, 1H), 3.83-3.78 (m, 1H), 3.75-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.58 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.33
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.79-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.39-2.32




(m, 2H), 1.89-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.58 (m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



X4
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.00 (s, 1H), 9.78 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.93
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.43-7.30 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.06 (d, 1H), 3.95 (q, 2H), 
m/z: 523.2



3.90 (d, 1H), 3.74-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 1H), 2.98 (d, 1H), 2.89 (d, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



2.49-2.45 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 1.04 (t, 3H).



X5
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.12 (s, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.95
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.42-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.15 (td, 1H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 4.02-3.91
m/z: 551.2



(m, 2H), 3.86 (d, 1H), 3.75-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.59-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.51-3.45 (m, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



2.66 (d, 1H), 2.46-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.30 (m, 3H), 2.03 -1.92 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.74




(m, 1H), 1.20 (d, 3H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



X6
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.01 (br, 1H), 9.66 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.91
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.45-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.33 (d, 1H), 4.08 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 529.1



4.05-4.02 (m, 1H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 3.92-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.12
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.82-2.72 (m, 1H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



X7
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.08 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H), 7.92
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.19 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.13 (dd, 2H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 
m/z: 556.9



3.60-3.52 (m, 1H), 3.06-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.20 (m, 2H), 
[M + H]+;



2.13-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.93-1.88 (m, 1H), 1.57-1.44 (m, 1H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



X8
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.16 (br, 1H), 9.45 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 7.94
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.47-7.41 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.12 (dd, 2H), 4.00-3.93
m/z: 557.2



(m, 2H), 3.46-3.38 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.85 (m, 2H), 2.60-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.23
[M + H]+;



(m, 2H), 2.15-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.66-1.56 (m, 1H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



X9
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.52 (br, 1H), 9.86 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.43-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.16 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.24 (d, 1H), 4.06-3.97
m/z: 494.9



(m, 2H), 3.84 (dd, 1H), 3.73-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.64-3.59 (m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.10-
[M + H]+;



3.06 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.39 (m, 1H).



X10
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.12 (s, 1H), 9.71 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.96
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 3.94-3.82 (m, 3H), 
m/z: 522.9



3.62-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 2.78 (dd, 2H), 2.38-2.26 (m, 3H), 2.06-1.99
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 1.66-1.59 (m, 2H).



X11
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.09 (br, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 3.95 (d, 1H), 3.86-3.81
m/z: 523.2



(m, 2H), 3.57-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.47 (m, 1H), 2.87 (d, 1H), 2.62
[M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 2.35-2.19 (m, 3H), 2.14-2.08 (m, 1H), 1.73-1.61 (m, 2H).



X12
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.16 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.20 (d, 1H), 3.93 (d, 1H), 3.84-3.79
m/z: 523.1



(m, 1H), 3.75-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.41 (m, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



3.05-2.87 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.75 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.56 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.23 (m, 2H), 




1.87-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.66-1.58 (m, 1H).



X13
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.01 (s, 1H), 9.83 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.93
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.42-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.17 (td, 1H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.07 (d, 1H), 3.89 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 508.7



3.76-3.62 (m, 3H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.43 (m, 1H), 2.98 (d, 1H), 2.89 (d, 1H), 1.20
[M + H]+;



(d, 3H). 



X14
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.11 (s, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.96
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.16 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.16 (d, 1H), 3.88 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 537.1



3.78-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.68
[M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 2.48-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.31 (m, 3H), 2.04 -1.93 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.73




(m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H).



X15
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.70 (br, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



7.44-7.38 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.31 (d, 1H), 4.09 (d, 1H), 3.94-3.89
m/z: 515.1



(m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.48-3.44 (m, 1H), 3.23-3.07 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.75 (m, 1H).
[M + H]+;


X16
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.07 (br, 1H), 9.55 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, 1H), 7.92
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.43-7.39 (m, 2H), 7.18 (td, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.15 (d, 1H), 4.09 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 543.0



3.56-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.05-2.95 (m, 2H), 2.48-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.17
[M + H]+;



(m, 2H), 2.15-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.97-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.59-1.50 (m, 1H).



X17
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (br, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.94
MS (ESI, pos. ion)



(d, 1H), 7.44-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.16 (td, 1H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.13 (d, 1H), 4.09 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 543.0



3.57-3.54 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.06-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.47-2.45 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.17
[M + H]+;



(m, 2H), 2.16-2.02 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.85 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.51 (m, 1H).









Example 13: The Preparation of (R)-ethyl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




Step 1) (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




Method One:

To a flask were added 2-thiazolecarboxamidine hydrochloride (16.4 g, 0.1 mol), 2,4-dichlorobenzaldehyde (17.5 g, 0.1 mol), (R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 3-oxobutanoate (20.2 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous sodium acetate (8.2 g, 0.1 mol) and ethanol (107 g) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to 30° C., kept at 30° C. and stirred for 6 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with water (330 mL) and dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the crude product. To the crude product was added n-propanol (82 g). The mixture was heated until dissolved completely, cooled to 30° C., and then kept at 30° C., stirred and crystallized for 5 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (12.1 g, 25.9%).
[a]D25=−74.42 (c=0.3037 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 467.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.07 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.36 (d, H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.83 (q, 1H), 4.12-4.03 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
The compound 10 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 23 by using method one described in step 1 of Example 13.







TABLE 23







The reaction conditions














 




















(1):(9):(3):(4)

The





The






(mol);

mass





mass






the

ratio of





ratio of






amount

reaction
Reac-

Cool-


recrystal-
Crystal-





of

solvent
tion
Reac-
ing
Cool-

lization
lization

Quality;



compound

to
temper-
tion
temper-
ing
Recrystal-
solvent
temper-
Crystal-
yield



(1) is
Reaction
compound
ature
time
ature
time 
lization
to
ature
lization
(%) of


No.
16.4 g
solvent
(1)
(° C.)
(h)
(° C.)
(h)
solvent
compound (1)
(° C.)
time (h)
product





1
1:1:2:1
—
—
78
12
40
6
ethanol
20
5
6
9.8 g;














20.9


2
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
6
ethanol
15
15
8
10.6 g;














22.6


3
1:1:1:1
ethanol
4.5
25
72
25
—
ethanol
5
0
6
9.3 g;














19.8


4
1:1:1:1
ethanol
20
60
24
−10
12
ethanol
6
25
4
11.1 g;














23.7


5
1:1:1:1
ethanol
80
78
12
−40
24
ethanol
6
25
6
10.7 g;














22.8


6
1:1:1:1
DMF
4.5
154
1
−20
6
i-
6
20
4
7.3 g;










propanol



15.7


7
1:1:1:1
n-
4.5
100
2
−5
10
n-
4.5
25
4
9.1 g;




butanol





butanol



19.4


8
1:1:1:1
n-
4.5
80
12
30
6
n-
4
40
10
12.8 g;




propanol





propanol



27.4


9
1:1:1:1
i-
4.5
82
12
25
1
i-
5
25
1
13.2 g;




propanol





propanol



28.3


10
1:1:1:1
t-
5
82
12
30
6
t-
5
25
6
13.3 g;




butanol





butanol



28.5









Method Two

To a flask were added 2-thiazolecarboxamidine hydrochloride (16.4 g, 0.1 mol), 2,4-dichlorobenzaldehyde (17.5 g, 0.1 mol), (R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 3-oxobutanoate (20.2 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous sodium acetate (8.2 g, 0.1 mol) and ethanol (107 g) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to 30° C., kept at 30° C. and stirred for 3 hours. The mixture was filtered. The filtrate was washed with ethanol (50 g) and water (330 mL) in turn, and then dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (14.4 g, 30.8%).
[a]D25=−74.42 (c=0.3037 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 467.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.07 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.83 (q, 1H), 4.12-4.03 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
The compound 10 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 24 by using method two described in step 1 of Example 13.







TABLE 24







The reaction conditions














 



















(1):(9):(3):(4)

The





The





(mol);

mass





mass





the

ratio of





ratio of





amount

reaction
Reac-

Cool-


washing
Wash-




of

solvent
tion
Reac-
ing
Cool-

solvent
ing
Quality;



compound

to
temper-
tion
temper-
ing

to
temper-
yield (%)



(1) is
Reaction
compound
ature
time
ature
time
Washing
compound
ature
of


No.
16.4 g
solvent
(1)
(° C.)
(h)
(° C.)
(h)
solvent
(1)
(° C.)
product





















1
1:1:2:1
—
—
78
12
40
6
ethanol
10
25
10.9 g;













23.3


2
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
6
ethanol
8
25
11.6 g;













24.7


3
1:1:1:1
ethanol
5
25
72
25
—
ethanol
1
25
10.2 g;













21.8


4
1:1:1:1
ethanol
9
78
12
25
4
—
—
—
12.4 g;













26.6


5
1:1:1:1
ethanol
20
60
24
−10
6
ethanol
3.5
25
11.7 g;













24.9


6
1:1:1:1
ethanol
80
78
12
−30
24
ethanol
5
25
11.6 g;













24.7


7
1:1:1:1
DMF
4.5
154
1
−20
6
i-
3
0
7.9 g;










propanol


16.9


8
1:1:1:1
n-
4.5
100
2
−5
7
n-
3.5
25
10 g;




butanol





butanol


21.4


9
1:1:1:1
n-
4.5
80
12
30
6
n-
3
25
13.9 g;




propanol





propanol


29.6


10
1:1:1:1
i-
4.5
82
12
25
1
i-
2
30
14.3 g;




propanol





propanol


30.5


11
1:1:1:1
t-
5
82
12
30
6
t-
3.5
25
13.9 g;




butanol





butanol


29.8









Method Three:

To a flask were added 2-thiazolecarboxamidine hydrochloride (16.4 g, 0.1 mol), 2,4-dichlorobenzaldehyde (17.5 g, 0.1 mol), (R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 3-oxobutanoate (20.2 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous sodium acetate (8.2 g, 0.1 mol) and ethanol (107 g) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 16 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to 30° C., kept at 30° C. and stirred for 3 hours. The resulting mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with water (330 mL) and dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the crude product. The crude product was triturated with i-propanol (82 g) at 30° C. for 5 hours and filtered. The filter cake was dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (12.9 g, 27.5%).
[a]D25=−74.42 (c=0.3037 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 467.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 10.07 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.91 (d, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.36 (d, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.83 (q, 1H), 4.12-4.03 (m, 2H), 2.47 (s, 3H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
The compound 10 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 25 by using method three described in step 1 of Example 13.







TABLE 25







The reaction conditions














 




















(1):(9):(3):(4)

The





The






(mol);

mass





mass 






the

ratio of





ratio of 






amount

reaction
Reac-

Cool-


tritu-
Tritu-





of

solvent
tion
Reac-
ing
Cool-

ration
ration
Tritu-
Quality;



compound

to
temper-
tion
temper-
ing
Tritu-
solvent
temper-
ration
yield (%)



(1) is
Reaction
compound
ature
time
ature
time
ration
to com-
ature
time
of


No.
16.4 g
solvent
(1)
(° C.)
(h)
(° C.)
(h)
solvent
pound (1)
(° C.)
(h)
product





1
1:1:2:1
—
—
78
12
40
6
ethanol
12
25
10
10.5 g;














22.4


2
1:1:1:1
ethanol
1
78
12
40
6
ethanol
8
25
4
11 g;














23.5


3
1:1:1:1
ethanol
5
25
72
25
—
ethanol
3
40
3
9.8 g;














20.9


4
1:1:1:1
ethanol
20
60
24
−10
12
ethanol
5
25
2
11.4 g;














24.3


5
1:1:1:1
ethanol
80
78
12
−40
24
ethanol
4
25
3
10.7 g;














22.9


6
1:1:1:1
DMF
4.5
154
1
−20
6
i-
4.5
25
2
7.6 g;










propanol



16.3


7
1:1:1:1
n-
4.5
100
2
−5
10
n-
4
25
3
9.6 g;




butanol





butanol



20.6


8
1:1:1:1
n-
4.5
80
12
30
6
n-
5
0
2
13.3 g;




propanol





propanol



28.5


9
1:1:1:1
i-
4.5
82
12
25
1
i-
6
5
4
13.7 g;




propanol





propanol



29.2


10
1:1:1:1
t-
5
82
12
30
6
t-
4
25
4
13.6 g;




butanol





butanol



29.1









Step 2) (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-bromomethyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (46.8 g, 0.1 mol) and tetrachloromethane (936 g). The mixture was heated at 76° C., NBS was added (19.6 g, 0.11 mol), and then the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added ethanol (234 g). The resulting mixture was cooled to 0° C., kept at 0° C. and stirred. After solid was precipitated out completely, the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with ethanol (47 g) and dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 6 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (30.1 g, 55%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 548.0 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.81 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 2H), 7.39 (br, 2H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.96 (q, 1H), 4.88-4.79 (m, 2H), 4.14-4.03 (m, 2H), 1.26 (d, 3H), 1.12 (t, 3H).
The compound A3 can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 26 according to the procedure described in step 2 of Example 13







TABLE 26







The reaction conditions








 

















The mass


The mass




Compound

ratio of


ratio of the




(10)/NBS(mol)

reaction

The
additional




the amount of

solvent to
Reaction
solvent
solvent to
Quality;



compound (10) is
Reaction
compound
temperature
added to
compound
yield (%)


No.
46.8 g
solvent
(10)
(° C.)
the residue
(10)
of product





1
1/1.1 
DCM
30
39
i-propanol
7
28.9 g; 53


2
1/1.05
DCM
10
39
ethanol
5
31.2 g; 57


3
1/1.15
CHCl3
20
61
n-propanol
6
30.6 g; 56


4
1/1.1 
CCl4
20
76
ethanol
5
32.3 g; 59









Step 3) (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (54.7 g, 0.1 mol), i-propanol (273 g) and morpholine (34.8 g, 0.4 mol). The mixture was stirred at 55° C. for 4 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled to 0° C., kept at this temperature and stirred. After the solid precipitated out completely, the mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with i-propanol (55 g) followed by water (550 g), and then dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellowish solid (33.7 g, 61%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 553.1 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.87 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 1H), 7.38 (br, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.86 (q, 1H), 4.14-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.92 (dd, 2H), 3.67 (br, 4H), 2.56 (br, 4H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
Step 4) (R)-ethyl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added anhydrous ethanol (415 g) and lithium (1.74 g, 0.25 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then a solution of (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (55.3 g, 0.1 mol) in ethanol (415 g) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 1.5 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (540 g). The mixture was washed with water (250 g×2). The organic layer was concentrated to obtain the product as yellow thick oil (34.6 g, 72%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 480.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 3.92 (dd, 2H), 3.67 (br, 4H), 2.56 (br, 4H), 1.06 (t, 3H).
Example 14: The Preparation of (R)-methyl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added anhydrous methanol (830 g) and lithium (1.74 g, 0.25 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (55.3 g, 0.1 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 1.5 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (550 g). The mixture was washed with water (250 g×2). The combined organic layers were concentrated to obtain the product as yellow thick oil (32.2 g, 69%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 467.1 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.73 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1H), 7.42 (d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.18 (dd, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.02 (d, 1H), 3.89 (d, 1H), 3.85 (t, 4H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.65 (t, 4H).
Example 15: The Preparation of (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




Step 1) (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-((((R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl)oxy)carbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




To a flask were added (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (54.7 g, 0.1 mol), ethanol (820 g), (S)-morpholine-3-carboxylic acid (13.1 g, 0.1 mol) and potassium carbonate (27.6 g, 0.2 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 12 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. To the residue was added water (820 g), the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (820 mL). The organic layer was discarded. To the aqueous layer was added ethyl acetate (900 mL), the mixture was adjusted to pH 3-6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the product as a yellow solid (43.6 g, 73%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 596.6 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.87 (br, 1H), 9.93 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.60 (d, 1H), 7.43-7.37 (m, 2H), 6.09 (s, 1H), 4.85 (q, 1H), 4.22 (d, 1H), 4.13-3.99 (m, 4H), 3.85 (dd, 1H), 3.74-3.61 (m, 3H), 3.12-3.04 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.38 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.13 (t, 3H).
The compound H can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 27 according to the procedure described in step 1 of Example 15.







TABLE 27







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound H














 














No.




compound A3: compound (VI) (mol); the amount of compound A3 is 5.47 g
Reaction solvent
Reaction temperature (° C.)
Reaction time (h)
Product character
Quality; yield (%) of product

















H1




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.44 g; 71


 


H2




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.32 g; 69


 


H3




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
2.63 g; 42


 


H4




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.52 g; 74


 


H5




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
2.56 g; 40


 


H6




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
4.89 g; 63


 


H7




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
3.23 g; 50


 


H8




1:1
ethanol
30
12
yellow solid
3.04 g; 47
















TABLE 27-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound H









No.
1H NMR
MS





H1
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.08 (br, 1H), 9.75 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.96
MS (ESI, 



(d, 1H), 7.62 (br, 1H), 7.41 (br, 2H), 6.07 (s, 1H), 4.86 (q, 1H), 4.15-4.06 (m, 2H), 
pos. ion) m/z:



3.98-3.86 (m, 3H), 3.58-3.47 (m, 2H), 2.85-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.35-2.25 (m, 3H), 2.02
624.6 [M + H]+;



(br, 1H), 1.67-1.62 (m, 2H), 1.25 (d, 3H), 1.09 (t, 3H).



H2
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.83 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60
MS (ESI



(br, 1H), 7.39 (br, 2H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.87 (q, 1H), 4.16-4.06 (m, 2H), 3.97-3.86
pos. ion) m/z:



(m, 3H), 3.59-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.54-3.48 (m, 1H), 2.79 (t, 2H), 2.37-2.24 (m, 3H), 2.01 
624.6 [M + H]+;



(t, 1H), 1.68-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.22 (d, 3H), 1.12 (t, 3H).



H3
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.58
MS (ESI, 



(br, 1H), 7.39 (br, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.86 (q, 1H), 4.17 (d, 1H), 4.13-4.03 (m, 2H), 
pos. ion) m/z:



3.87 (d, 1H), 3.82 (d, 1H), 3.76-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.62-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.33 (m, 1H),
625.1 [M + H]+;



2.94-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.58-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.29-2.21 (m, 1H), 




1.89-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.59 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).



H4
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.81 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.59
MS (ESI



(br, 1H), 7.40 (br, 2H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.85 (q, 1H), 4.12-4.03 (m, 3H), 3.93-3.86
pos. ion) m/z:



(m, 1H), 3.74-3.68 (m, 2H), 3.65-3.61 (m, 1H), 2.99 (d, 1H), 2.92 (d, 1H), 2.48-2.44 
611.1 [M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 1.12 (t, 3H).



H5
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.14 (s, 1H), 9.87 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.96
MS (ESI, 



(d, 1H), 7.61 (br, 1H), 7.38 (br, 2H), 6.09 (s, 1H), 4.87 (q, 1H), 4.16 (d, 1H), 
pos. ion) m/z:



4.12-4.02 (m, 2H), 3.83 (d, 1H), 3.77-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.50-3.46
639.2 [M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.69 (d, 1H), 2.45-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.36-2.31(m, 3H), 2.08-1.88 (m, 1H), 




1.79-1.72 (m, 1H), 1.25 (d, 3H), 1.20 (d, 3H), 1.14 (t, 3H).



H6
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.59
MS (ESI



(br, 1H), 7.40 (br, 2H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.86-4.81 (m, 1H), 4.31 (d, 1H), 4.10-4.03
pos. ion) m/z:



(m, 3H), 3.93-3.90 (m, 1H), 3.52-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.18-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.81-2.75
617.1 [M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.48-2.43 (m, 1H), 1.23 (d, 3H), 1.12 (t, 3H).



H7
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.05 (s, 1H), 9.58 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 7.96
MS (ESI, 



(d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.39 (br, 2H), 6.07 (s, 1H), 4.86 (q, 1H), 4.15-4.04 (m, 4H), 
pos. ion) m/z:



3.56-3.51 (m, 1H), 3.05-2.94 (m, 2H), 2.63-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.21 (m, 2H), 
645.1 [M + H]+;



2.13-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.58-1.52 (m, 1H), 1.24 (d, 3H), 1.12 (t, 3H). 



H8
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.14 (s, 1H), 9.51 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.95
MS (ESI, 



(d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 1H), 7.40 (br, 2H), 6.09 (s, 1H), 4.87 (q, 1H), 4.16-4.05 (m, 4H), 
pos. ion) m/z:



3.51-3.47 (m, 1H), 3.03-2.92 (m, 2H), 2.61-2.58 (m, 1H), 2.41-2.23 (m, 2H), 
645.1 [M + H]+;



2.14-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.54 (m, 1H), 1.26 (d, 3H), 1.16 (t, 3H).









Step 2) (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




To a flask were added anhydrous ethanol (870 g) and lithium (2.43 g, 0.35 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-((((R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl)oxy)carbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid (59.7 g, 0.1 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was allowed to warm up to 78° C. and stirred for 12 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was cooled and concentrated. To the residue was added water (1200 g), the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (1200 mL) The organic layer was discarded. To the aqueous layer was added ethyl acetate (1280 mL), and the mixture was adjusted to pH 3-6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the product as a yellow solid (35.7 g, 68%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 524.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.86 (br, 1H), 9.84 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.42-7.36 (m, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 4.09-3.91 (m, 4H), 3.83 (dd, 1H), 3.75-3.58 (m, 3H), 3.12-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.36 (m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).
The compound XX can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 28 according to the procedure described in step 2 of Example 15.







TABLE 28







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound XX








 















No.
R3




The mole ratio of Lithium to compound Q; the amount of  compound Q
Reaction solvent
Reaction temperature (° C.)
Reaction time (h)
Product character
Quality; yield (%) of product


















XX1
ethyl




5; 6.25 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
3.33 g; 60


 


XX2
ethyl




5; 6.25 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
3.21 g; 58


 


XX3
ethyl




5; 6.25 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
2.38 g; 43


 


XX4
ethyl




5; 6.11 g
ethanol
78
12
yellow solid
3.61 g; 67


 


XX5
ethyl




5; 6.39 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
2.38 g; 42


 


XX6
ethyl




5; 6.17 g
ethanol
78
12
yellow solid
2.83 g; 52


 


XX7
ethyl




5; 6.46 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
2.58 g; 45


 


XX8
ethyl




5; 6.46 g
ethanol
78
2
yellow solid
2.87 g; 50


 


XX9
methyl




5; 5.97 g
methanol
64
18
yellow solid
3.53 g; 69


 


XX10
methyl




5; 6.25 g
methanol
64
6
yellow solid
3.13 g; 58


 


XX11
methyl




5; 6.25 g
methanol
64
4
yellow solid
3.02 g; 56


 


XX12
methyl




5; 6.25 g
methanol
64
8
yellow solid
2.21 g; 41


 


XX13
methyl




5; 6.11 g
methanol
64
18
yellow solid
3.36 g; 64


 


XX14
methyl




5; 6.39 g
methanol
64
5
yellow solid
2.21 g; 40


 


XX15
methyl




5; 6.17 g
methanol
64
12
yellow solid
2.6 g; 49


 


XX16
methyl




5; 6.87 g
methanol
64
6
yellow solid
2.57 g; 46


 


XX17
methyl




5; 6.46 g
methanol
64
6
yellow solid
2.63 g; 47
















TABLE 28-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound XX









No.
1H NMR
MS





XX1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.04 (s, 1H), 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.95 (d, 1H), 7.61 (br, 1H), 7.38 (br, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 3.96 (q, 2H), 
m/z: 553.2 [M + H]+;



3.89-3.86 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.77 (t, 2H), 2.36-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.02




(t, 1H), 1.63 (dd, 2H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



XX2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.08 (s, 1H), 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.95 (d, 1H), 7.61 (br, 1H), 7.40 (br, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 3.98-3.93 (m, H), 
m/z: 552.9 [M + H]+;



3.86-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.87 (d, 1H), 2.63 (d, 1H), 2.36-2.23




(m, 3H), 2.10 (t, 1H), 1.72-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



XX3
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.84 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.60 (br, 1H), 7.40 (br, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 3.90
m/z: 552.9 [M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 3.82-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.37-3.35




(m, 1H), 2.78-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.49-2.46 (m, 1H), 




2.35-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.54 (m, 1H), 1.07 (t, 3H).



XX4
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.12 (s, 1H), 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.02 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.39 (br, 2H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.06 (d, 1H), 3.96
m/z: 539.2 [M + H]+;



(q, 2H), 3.90-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.59 (m, 3H), 3.47-3.43 (m, 1H), 2.98




(d, 1H), 2.90 (d, 1H), 1.20 (d, 3H), 1.04 (t, 3H).



XX5
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.09 (s, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.96 (d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 1H), 7.38 (br, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.15 (d, 1H),
m/z: 567.1 [M + H]+;



4.02-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.87 (d, 1H), 3.78-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.54 (m, 1H), 




3.51-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.67 (d, 1H), 2.45-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.30 (m, 3H), 




2.04-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 1.08 (t, 3H).



XX6
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.90 (s, 1H), 9.67 (s, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.92 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.42 (br, 2H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.33 (d, 1H), 4.08
m/z: 545.1 [M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 3.96 (q, 2H), 3.92-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.19-3.13




(m, 1H), 2.79-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.45 (m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



XX7
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.05 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.41 (br, 2H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.14 (dd, 2H), 3.97
m/z: 573.3 [M + H]+;



(q, 2H), 3.57-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.07-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.54 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.21




(m, 2H), 2.18-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.49 (m, 1H), 1.06




(t, 3H).



XX8
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.17 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.45-7.37 (m, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.15 (dd, 2H), 
m/z: 573.2 [M + H]+;



3.96 (q, 2H), 3.47-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.53 (m, 1H), 




2.38-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



XX9
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.42 (d, 1H), 7.28 (br, 1H), 7.20 (dd, 1H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 4.23-4.15 (m, 2H), 
m/z: 511.1 [M + H]+;



4.13-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.59-3.57 (m, 1H), 




3.27-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.54 (m, 1H).



XX10
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.03 (s, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 1H), 7.37 (br, 2H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 3.89-3.86 (m, 3H), 
m/z: 538.8 [M + H]+;



3.63-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.49-3.47 (m, 1H), 2.76 (t, 2H), 2.39-2.24




(m, 3H), 2.04 (t, 1H), 1.63 (dd, 2H).



XX11
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (s, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 1H), 7.40 (br, 2H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 3.96 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 539.1 [M + H]+;



3.85-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.51-3.48 (m, 1H), 2.88




(d, 1H), 2.61 (d, 1H), 2.38-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.16-2.09 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.65




(m, 2H).



XX12
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.17 (s, 1H), 9.89 (s, 1H), 8.04 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.95 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.42-7.37 (m, 2H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 538.9 [M + H]+;



3.90 (d, 1H), 3.84-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.56 (m, 1H), 3.53 




(s, 3H), 3.46-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1H), 




2.56-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.62-1.58




(m, 1H).



XX13
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.00 (s, 1H), 9.83 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.39-7.36 (m, 2H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.05 (d, 1H), 
m/z: 524.7 [M + H]+;



3.90-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.74 (d, 1H), 3.70-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.60 (m, 1H), 3.51




(s, 3H), 3.42-3.36 (m, 1H), 2.99 (d, 1H), 2.89 (d, 1H), 1.20 (d, 3H).



XX14
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.09 (s, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 1H), 7.39 (br, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.17 (d, 1H), 3.89
m/z: 553.1 [M + H]+;



(d, 1H), 3.78-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.50-3.46




(m, 1H), 2.67 (d, 1H), 2.48-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.31 (m, 3H), 2.03-1.93




(m, 1H), 1.82-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H).



XX15
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.45 (br, 1H), 7.28 (br, 2H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 4.67 (d, 1H), 3.98-3.93 (m, 1H), 
m/z: 531.1 [M + H]+;



3.76 (d, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.24 (m, 1H), 2.86-2.76




(m, 1H), 2.68-2.54 (m, 1H).



XX16
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.07 (br, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 7.99
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.39 (br, 2H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.14 (dd, 2H),
m/z: 559.0 [M + H]+;



3.52 (s, 3H), 3.08-2.94 (m, 3H), 2.55-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.19 (m, 2H), 




2.12-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.46 (m, 1H).



XX17
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.15 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 8.00 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.41 (br, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.13 (dd, 2H), 3.52
m/z: 558.6 [M + H]+;



(s, 3H), 3.47-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.25 




(m, 2H), 2.15-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.55 (m, 1H).









Example 16: The Preparation of (R)-ethyl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




Step 1) (R)-ethyl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added anhydrous ethanol (374 g) and lithium (2.43 g, 0.35 mol) in turn. The mixture was stirred at 43° C. until the lithium was consumed entirely, and then (R)-(R)-1-ethoxy-1-oxopropan-2-yl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (46.8 g, 0.1 mol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 78° C. for 6 hours. After the reaction, the reaction mixture was cooled to 10° C., kept at 10° C. and stirred for 8 hours. The mixture was filtered. The filter cake was washed with anhydrous ethanol (47 g) and water (500 g) in turn, and then dried in vacuo at 60° C. for 8 hours to obtain the product as a yellow solid (28.1 g, 71%).
[a]D25=−39.07 (c=0.3032 g/100 mL, MeOH);
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 396.1 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.93 (s, 1H), 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.35 (d, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 3.93 (q, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 1.03 (t, 3H).
The compound TT can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 29 according to the procedure described in step 1 of Example 16.







TABLE 29







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound TT














 

















The mole










ratio of










Lithium to

The mass








compound

ratio of








(10); the

reaction








amount of

solvent to
Reaction


Quality;




compound
Reaction
compound
temperature
Reaction
Product
yield (%)


No.
R3
(10) is 46.8 g
solvent
(10)
(° C.)
time (h)
character
of product





TT1
ethyl
2.5
ethanol
10
78
12
yellow
17 g;









solid
43


TT1
ethyl
3
ethanol
6
78
8
yellow
28.5 g;









solid
72


TT1
ethyl
4
ethanol
10
78
4
yellow
21.4 g;









solid
54


TT1
ethyl
5
ethanol
20
78
24
yellow
18.6 g;









solid
47


TT1
ethyl
6
ethanol
30
78
12
yellow
15.4 g;









solid
39


TT1
ethyl
8
ethanol
20
78
12
yellow
17.9 g;









solid
45


TT2
methyl
3
methanol
3
64
20
yellow
22.9 g:









solid
60%


TT2
methyl
3
methanol
4
64
6
yellow
17.6 g;









solid
46


TT2
methyl
4
methanol
6
64
8
yellow
12.9 g;









solid
34
















TABLE 29-1







The NMR, MS and specific rotation datum of the compound TT










No.
1H NMR
MS
specific rotation





TT1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.93 (s, 1H), 7.97
MS (ESI, 
[α]D25 = −39.07 (c =



(d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.58 (d, 1H), 7.41 (dd, 1H), 7.35
pos. ion) m/z:
0.3032 g/100



(d, 1H), 6.00 (s, 1H), 3.93 (q, 2H), 2.46 (s, 3H), 1.03 (t, 3H).
396.1 [M + H]+;
mL, MeOH);


TT2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.99 (s, 1H), 7.98
MS (ESI, 
[α]D25 = −46.08 (c =



(d, 1H), 7.90 (d, 1H), 7.59 (d, 1H), 7.40 (dd, 1H), 7.33
pos. ion) m/z: 
0.3038 g/100



(d, 1H), 5.98 (s, 1H), 3.49 (s, 3H), 2.47 (s, 3H).
382.1 [M + H]+
mL, MeOH);









Step 2) (R)-ethyl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-ethyl 4-(2,4-chlorophenyl)-6-methyl-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (39.6 g, 0.1 mol) and CCl4 (800 mL), followed by NBS (19.6 g, 0.11 mol) at 70° C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min After the reaction, the mixture was cooled and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to obtain the product as a yellow solid (37.1 g, 78%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 475.6 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.66-7.62 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.35 (m, 2H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 4.82 (br, 2H), 4.02 (q, 2H), 1.09 (t, 3H).
The compound WW can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 30 according to the procedure described in step 2 of Example 16.







TABLE 30







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound WW














 
















The mole

The







ratio of

mass







NBS to

ratio of


Qual-




compound

reaction
Reac-

ity;




TT; the
Reac-
solvent
tion

yield




amount of
tion
to com-
temper-
Product
(%) of 




compound
sol-
pound
ature
charac-
pro-


No.
R3
TT
vent
(TT)
(° C.)
ter
duct





WW1
ethyl
1.0;
DCM
10
39
yellow
35.2 g;




39.6 g



solid
72


WW1
ethyl
1.0;
CHCl3
20
61
yellow
36.3 g;




39.6 g



solid
75


WW1
ethyl
1.1;
CCl4
30
76
yellow
44.3 g;




39.6 g



solid
80


WW2
methyl
1.0;
DCM
10
39
yellow
29.9 g;




38.2 g



solid
70


WW2
methyl
1.1;
CHCl3
20
61
yellow
30.8 g;




38.2 g



solid
72


WW2
methyl
1.1;
CCl4
30
76
yellow
34.9 g;




38.2 g



solid
79
















TABLE 30-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound WW









No.
1H NMR
MS





WW1
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.98 (d, 1H), 7.66-7.62
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(m, 1H), 7.47-7.35 (m, 2H), 5.99 (s, 1H), 4.82 (br, 2H), 4.02 (q, 2H), 1.09 
m/z: 475.6



(t, 3H).
[M + H]+;


WW2
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.91 (s, 1H), 8.01 (d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H),
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.62 (br, 1H), 7.40 (br, 2H), 6.01 (s, 1H), 4.86 (br, 2H), 3.56 (s, 3H).
m/z: 459.9




[M + H]+;









Step 3) (R)-ethyl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(morpholinomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate




To a flask were added (R)-ethyl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (47.5 g, 0.1 mol), anhydrous ethanol (285 g) and morpholine (34.8 g, 0.4 mol). The mixture was stirred at 25° C. for 6 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was concentrated. To the residue was added ethyl acetate (475 g), the resulting mixture was washed with water (250 mL×2). The organic layer was concentrated to give the product as tawny oil (37.5 g, 78%)
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 480.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 3.92 (dd, 2H), 3.67 (br, 4H), 2.56 (br, 4H), 1.06 (t, 3H).
The compound UU can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 31 according to the procedure described in step 3 of Example 16.







TABLE 31







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound UU








 

















The mole










ratio of










compound

The mass








(6) to

ratio of








compound

reaction








WW; the

solvent








amount of

to com-
Reaction


Quality;




compound
Reaction
pound
temperature
Reaction
Product
yield (%)


No.
R3
WW
solvent
(WW)
(° C.)
time (h)
character
of product


















UU1
ethyl
2;
ethanol
20
25
2
tawny
36.6 g;




47.5 g




oil
76


UU1
ethyl
3;
acetone
10
40
10
tawny
35.1 g;




47.5 g




oil
73


UU1
ethyl
4;
methanol
10
30
6
tawny
34.6 g;




47.5 g




oil
72


UU1
ethyl
5;
ethyl
20
50
24
tawny
34.2 g;




47.5 g
acetate



oil
71


UU1
ethyl
6;
DCM
8
39
6
tawny
31.7 g;




47.5 g




oil
66


UU1
ethyl
3;
DMF
4
60
1
tawny
33.2 g;




47.5 g




oil
69


UU1
ethyl
4;
THF
6
50
8
tawny
34.6 g;




47.5 g




oil
72


UU2
methyl
2;
ethanol
20
25
2
tawny
33.2 g;




46.1 g




oil
71


UU2
methyl
3;
acetone
10
40
10
tawny
36.9 g;




46.1 g




oil
79


UU2
methyl
4;
methanol
10
30
6
tawny
36 g;




46.1 g




oil
77


UU2
methyl
5;
ethyl
20
50
24
tawny
34.1 g;




46.1 g
acetate



oil
73


UU2
methyl
6;
DCM
8
39
6
tawny
31.3 g;




46.1 g




oil
67


UU2
methyl
3;
DMF
4
60
1
tawny
33.2 g;




46.1 g




oil
71


UU2
methyl
4;
THF
6
50
8
tawny
31.8 g;




46.1 g




oil
68
















TABLE 31-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound UU









No.
1H NMR
MS





UU1
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.69 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(s, 1H), 7.39 (s, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 3.92 (dd, 2H), 3.67 (br, 4H), 2.56
m/z: 480.7



(br, 4H), 1.06 (t, 3H).
[M + H]+;


UU2
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 9.73 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, 1H), 7.47 (d, 1H), 7.42
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.24 (d, 1H), 7.18 (dd, 1H), 6.21 (s, 1H), 4.02 (d, 1H), 3.89 (d, 1H), 3.85
m/z: 467.1



(t, 4H), 3.62 (s, 3H), 2.65 (t, 4H).
[M + H]+;









Example 17: The Preparation of (S)-4-(((R)-6-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(ethoxycarbonyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-3,6-dihydropyrimidin-4-yl)methyl)morpholine-3-carboxylic acid




To a flask were added (R)-ethyl 4-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-6-(bromomethyl)-2-(thiazol-2-yl)-1,4-dihydropyrimidine-5-carboxylate (4.75 g, 10 mmol), (S)-morpholine-3-carboxylic acid (1.31 g, 10 mmol), potassium carbonate (2.76 g, 20 mmol) and ethanol (95 mL). The mixture was stirred at 30° C. for 12 hours. After the reaction, the mixture was filtered. The filtrate was concentrated. To the residue was added water (100 mL), the resulting mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was discarded. To the aqueous layer was added ethyl acetate (100 mL), the mixture was adjusted to pH 3-6 with concentrated hydrochloric acid. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated to give the product as a yellow solid (4.1 g, 78%).
MS (ESI, pos.ion) m/z: 524.7 [M+H]+;
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.86 (br, 1H), 9.84 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.42-7.36 (m, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.25 (d, 1H), 4.09-3.91 (m, 4H), 3.83 (dd, 1H), 3.75-3.58 (m, 3H), 3.12-3.03 (m, 1H), 2.43-2.36 (m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).
The compound XX can be prepared under the reaction conditions shown in table 32 according to the procedure described in Example 17.







TABLE 32







The reaction conditions for preparation of compound XX








 
















No.
R3




The mole ratio of compound WW to compound (VI); the amount of compound WW
Reaction solvent
The mass ratio of reaction solvent to com- pound WW
Reaction temperature (° C.)
Reaction time (h)
Product character
Quality; yield (%) of product



















XX1
ethyl




1; 4.75 g
ethanol
8
30
4
yellow solid
3.76 g; 68


 


XX2
ethyl




1; 4.75 g
ethanol
4
30
8
yellow solid
3.65 g; 66


 


XX3
ethyl




1; 4.75 g
ethanol
20
30
24
yellow solid
2.38 g; 43


 


XX4
ethyl




1; 4.75 g
ethanol
30
30
6
yellow solid
4.2 g; 78


 


XX5
ethyl




1; 4.75 g
ethanol
15
30
24
yellow solid
3.12 g; 55


 


XX6
ethyl




1; 4.75 g
ethanol
20
30
6
yellow solid
3.98 g; 73


 


XX7
ethyl




1; 4.75 g
ethanol
25
30
12
yellow solid
3.55 g; 62


 


XX8
ethyl




1; 4.75 g
ethanol
14
30
12
yellow solid
3.67 g; 64


 


XX9
methyl




1; 4.61 g
ethanol
8
30
4
yellow solid
3.73 g; 73


 


XX10
methyl




1; 4.61 g
ethanol
4
30
8
yellow solid
3.4 g; 63


 


XX11
methyl




1; 4.61 g
ethanol
10
30
12
yellow solid
3.34 g; 62


 


XX12
methyl




1; 4.61 g
ethanol
30
30
6
yellow solid
2.2 g; 41


 


XX13
methyl




1; 4.61 g
ethanol
8
30
12
yellow solid
3.83 g; 73


 


XX14
methyl




1; 4.61 g
ethanol
20
30
6
yellow solid
2.49 g;  45


 


XX15
methyl




1; 4.61 g
ethanol
25
30
12
yellow solid
3.77 g; 71


 


XX16
methyl




1; 4.61 g
ethanol
14
30
12
yellow solid
3.3 g; 59


 


XX17
methyl




1; 4.61 g
ethanol
15
30
24
yellow solid
3.63 g; 65
















TABLE 32-1







The NMR and MS datum of compound XX









No.
1H NMR
MS





XX1
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.04 (s, 1H), 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.02
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.61 (br, 1H), 7.38 (br, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 3.96 
m/z: 553.2



(q, 2H), 3.89-3.86 (m, 3H), 3.61-3.46 (m, 2H), 2.77 (t, 2H), 2.36-2.23 
[M + H]+;



(m, 3H), 2.02 (t, 1H), 1.63 (dd, 2H), 1.05 (t, 3H).



XX2
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.08 (s, 1H), 9.66 (s, 1H), 8.03
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.61 (br, 1H), 7.40 (br, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 3.98-3.93
m/z: 552.9



(m, 3H), 3.86-3.82 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.48 (m, 2H), 2.87 (d, 1H), 2.63 (d, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



2.36-2.23 (m, 3H), 2.10 (t, 1H), 1.72-1.63 (m, 2H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



XX3
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 9.84 (s, 1H), 8.03 (d, 1H), 7.95
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.40 (br, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.18 (d, 1H), 3.97
m/z: 552.9



(q, 2H), 3.90 (d, 1H), 3.82-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.55
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.37-3.35 (m, 1H), 2.78-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.56-2.54 (m, 1H), 




2.49-2.46 (m, 1H), 2.35-2.20 (m, 2H), 1.88-1.83 (m, 1H), 1.64-1.54




(m, 1H), 1.07 (t, 3H).



XX4
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.12 (s, 1H), 9.79 (s, 1H), 8.02
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.39 (br, 2H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.06
m/z: 539.2



(d, 1H), 3.96 (q, 2H), 3.90-3.87 (m, 1H), 3.74-3.59 (m, 3H), 3.47-3.43
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.98 (d, 1H), 2.90 (d, 1H), 1.20 (d, 3H), 1.04 (t, 3H).



XX5
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.09 (s, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.03
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.96 (d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 1H), 7.38 (br, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.15
m/z: 567.1



(d, 1H), 4.02-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.87 (d, 1H), 3.78-3.73 (m, 1H), 3.60-3.54
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.51-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.67 (d, 1H), 2.45-2.41 (m, 1H), 2.38-2.30




(m, 3H), 2.04 -1.92 (m, 1H), 1.81-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H), 1.08 (t, 3H).



XX6
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.90 (s, 1H), 9.67 (s, 1H), 7.98
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.42 (br, 2H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.33
m/z: 545.1



(d, 1H), 4.08 (d, 1H), 3.96 (q, 2H), 3.92-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.53-3.48 (m, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



3.19-3.13 (m, 1H), 2.79-2.73 (m, 1H), 2.47-2.45 (m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



XX7
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.05 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 8.00
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.41 (br, 2H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.14
m/z: 573.3



(dd, 2H), 3.97 (q, 2H), 3.57-3.49 (m, 1H), 3.07-2.97 (m, 2H), 2.58-2.54
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.34-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.18-2.03 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.91 (m, 1H), 




1.60-1.49 (m, 1H), 1.06 (t, 3H).



XX8
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.17 (s, 1H), 9.47 (s, 1H), 8.00




(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.45-7.37 (m, 2H), 6.06 (s, 1H), 4.15
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(dd, 2H), 3.96 (q, 2H), 3.47-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.86 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.53
m/z: 573.2



(m, 1H), 2.38-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.65-1.55 (m, 1H), 1.05
[M + H]+;



(t, 3H).



XX9
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.42 (s, 1H), 7.87 (d, 1H), 7.50 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.42 (d, 1H), 7.28 (br, 1H), 7.20 (dd, 1H), 6.20 (s, 1H), 4.23-4.15 (m, 2H), 
m/z: 511.1



4.13-4.05 (m, 2H), 3.90-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.59-3.57 (m, 1H),
[M + H]+;



3.27-3.23 (m, 1H), 2.62-2.54 (m, 1H).



XX10
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.03 (s, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.01
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 1H), 7.37 (br, 2H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 3.89-3.86
m/z: 538.8



(m, 3H), 3.63-3.57 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.49-3.47 (m, 1H), 2.76 (t, 2H), 
[M + H]+;



2.39-2.24 (m, 3H), 2.04 (t, 1H), 1.63 (dd, 2H).



XX11
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.06 (s, 1H), 9.70 (s, 1H), 8.03
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 1H), 7.40 (br, 2H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 3.96
m/z: 539.1



(d, 1H), 3.85-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.57-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.51-3.48
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 2.88 (d, 1H), 2.61 (d, 1H), 2.38-2.21 (m, 3H), 2.16-2.09 (m, 1H), 




1.72-1.65 (m, 2H).



XX12
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.17 (s, 1H), 9.89 (s, 1H), 8.04
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.95 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.42-7.37 (m, 2H), 6.04 (s, 1H), 4.18
m/z: 538.9



(d, 1H), 3.90 (d, 1H), 3.84-3.80 (m, 1H), 3.76-3.72 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.56
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.46-3.42 (m, 1H), 3.30-3.26 (m, 1H), 2.80-2.75




(m, 1H), 2.56-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.83 (m, 1H), 




1.62-1.58 (m, 1H).



XX13
1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 13.00 (s, 1H), 9.83 (s, 1H), 8.03
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.39-7.36 (m, 2H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.05 
m/z: 524.7



(d, 1H), 3.90-3.86 (m, 1H), 3.74 (d, 1H), 3.70-3.68 (m, 1H), 3.65-3.60
[M + H]+;



(m, 1H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 3.42-3.36 (m, 1H), 2.99 (d, 1H), 2.89 (d, 1H), 1.20




(d, 3H).



XX14
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.09 (s, 1H), 9.76 (s, 1H), 8.03
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.59 (br, 1H), 7.39 (br, 1H), 6.03 (s, 1H), 4.17
m/z: 553.1



(d, 1H), 3.89 (d, 1H), 3.78-3.74 (m, 1H), 3.61-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 
[M + H]+;



3.50-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.67 (d, 1H), 2.48-2.42 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.31 (m, 3H), 




2.03 -1.93 (m, 1H), 1.82-1.73 (m, 1H), 1.21 (d, 3H).



XX15
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3): δ 8.19 (s, 1H), 7.88 (d, 1H), 7.57 (d, 1H), 
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



7.45 (br, 1H), 7.28 (br, 2H), 6.15 (s, 1H), 4.67 (d, 1H), 3.98-3.93 (m, 1H), 
m/z: 531.1



3.76 (d, 1H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.60-3.55 (m, 1H), 3.34-3.24 (m, 1H), 
[M + H]+;



2.86-2.76 (m, 1H), 2.68-2.54 (m, 1H).



XX16
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 11.07 (br, 1H), 9.56 (s, 1H), 7.99
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(d, 1H), 7.92 (d, 1H), 7.60 (br, 1H), 7.39 (br, 2H), 6.02 (s, 1H), 4.14
m/z: 559.0



(dd, 2H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.08-2.94 (m, 3H), 2.55-2.53 (m, 1H), 2.30-2.19
[M + H]+;



(m, 2H), 2.12-1.99 (m, 1H), 1.95-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.60-1.46 (m, 1H).



XX17
1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.15 (s, 1H), 9.52 (s, 1H), 8.00




(d, 1H), 7.94 (d, 1H), 7.60 (s, 1H), 7.41 (br, 2H), 6.05 (s, 1H), 4.13
MS (ESI, pos. ion) 



(dd, 2H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.39 (m, 1H), 3.01-2.87 (m, 2H), 2.59-2.53
m/z: 558.6



(m, 1H), 2.37-2.25 (m, 2H), 2.15-2.02 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.55 (m, 1H).
[M + H]+;









In the specification, Unless specified or limited otherwise, terms such as “first” and “second” are used herein for purposes of description and are not intended to indicate or imply relative importance or significance.
Reference throughout this specification to “an embodiment,” “some embodiments,” “one embodiment”, “another example,” “an example,” “a specific examples,” or “some examples,” means that a particular feature, structure, material, or characteristic described in connection with the embodiment or example is included in at least one embodiment or example of the present disclosure. Thus, the appearances of the phrases such as “in some embodiments,” “in one embodiment”, “in an embodiment”, “in another example”, “in an example,” “in a specific examples,” or “in some examples,” in various places throughout this specification are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment or example of the present disclosure. Furthermore, the particular features, structures, materials, or characteristics may be combined in any suitable manner in one or more embodiments or examples.
Although explanatory embodiments have been shown and described, it would be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the above embodiments cannot be construed to limit the present disclosure, and changes, alternatives, and modifications can be made in the embodiments without departing from spirit, principles and scope of the present disclosure.

## Claims

1. A process for preparing a dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia),



wherein each R1 and R2 is independently F, Cl, or Br;
R3 is C1-4 alkyl;
Z is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t, or —N(R4)—;
Y is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t, —(CH2)q—, or —N(R5)—;
each t and q is independently 0, 1, or 2;
each of R4 and R5 is independently H or C1-4 alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, deuterium, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a);
each R7a and R7 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; or R7a and R7, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 cycloalkyl group, C2-9 heterocyclyl group, or —(C═O)—;
each R8 and R8a is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, amino-C1-4-alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl, C1-9 heteroaryl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl-C1-6-alkyl, C1-9 heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-S(═O)q—, C1-9 heteroaryl-S(═O)q—, C3-6 cycloalkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl-S(═O)q—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H;
each R9 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, C1-4 alkylthio, C3-6 cycloalkyl, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a), or —(CR7a)m—C(═O)O—R8;
R10 is H or deuterium;
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
each m is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
f is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
j is 0, 1, or 2;
wherein the process comprises the steps of:
step (A): reacting an amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof




with an aldehyde compound of Formula (III)




and a compound of Formula (IVa)




in a first organic solvent to obtain a compound of Formula (Va),




wherein R3b is methoxy or ethoxy; and
R3a is H or C1-3 alkyl;
step (B): halogenating the compound of Formula (Va) in a third organic solvent to form a halide; and then reacting the halide with a compound of Formula (VI), or a salt thereof to obtain a compound of Formula (VIIa),





and
step (C): forming the compound of Formula (I) or Formula (Ia) from the compound of Formula (VIIa) by means of a transesterification.

2. The process of claim 1, wherein the dihydropyrimidine compound has Formula (I-1), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-1),



wherein, each R6 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a); and
each R7a and R7 is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8.

3. The process of claim 2, wherein the dihydropyrimidine compound has Formula (I-2), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-2),



wherein R1 is F or Cl; and R2 is Cl or Br.

4. The process of claim 1, wherein
R3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, or butyl;
Z is —O—, —S—, or —N(CH3)—;
Y is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)2—, or —(CH2)q—;
each R6 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)N(R8R8a);
each R7a and R7 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8;
each R8 and R8a is independently H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, aminomethyl, methoxy, C1-4 alkyl-S(═O)2—, phenyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, diazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyranyl, triazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl-S(═O)2—, cyclobutyl-S(═O)2—, cyclopentyl-S(═O)2—, cyclohexyl-S(═O)2—, naphthyl-S(═O)2—, phenyl-S(═O)2—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H;
R3b is methoxy or ethoxy; and
R3a is H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or propyl.

5. The process of claim 1, wherein the reaction in step (A) is performed at a temperature from 25° C. to 154° C. or from 60° C. to 100° C.

6. The process of claim 1, wherein the step (A) further comprises a step of cooling the resulting compound of Formula (Va) of step (A) to obtain a solid compound of Formula (Va) at a cooling temperature from −40° C. to 40° C. or from 25° C. to 40° C.

7. The process of claim 6, wherein the cooling is performed for a period of from 0 hour to 24 hours, or from 1 minute to 24 hours, or from 1 hour to 8 hours.

8. The process of claim 1, wherein the first organic solvent is applied in an amount of 0 equivalent to 80 equivalents, or 1 equivalent to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of the amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof.

9. The process of claim 1, wherein step (A) further comprises a step of purifying the compound of Formula (Va) in a second organic solvent, wherein the compound of Formula (Va) is purified by at least one of the following methods:
(1) trituration, wherein the trituration is carried out at a temperature from −20° C. to 50° C. or from 0° C. to 40° C.;
(2) recrystallization, wherein the recrystallization comprises a crystallization process at a temperature from −30° C. to 40° C. or from 0° C. to 40° C., and wherein the recrystallization comprises a crystallization process of from 1 hour to 20 hours or from 1 hour to 10 hours; or
(3) washing, wherein the washing is performed at a temperature from 0° C. to 30° C.

10. The process of claim 9, wherein the second organic solvent is applied in an amount of 2 equivalent to 20 equivalents per 1 equivalent by weight of the amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof.

11. The process of claim 9, wherein each of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is independently a C1-4 alcohol, a C1-4 alcohol-water mixture, acetone, diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, n-hexane, a C1-4 haloalkane solvent, ethyl acetate, trifluoroethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2-methoxyethyl ether, N,N-dimethyl formamide, N-methylpyrolidone, or a combination thereof, or wherein each of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is independently methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, an ethanol-water mixture at a volume ratio of from 10:90 to 90:10, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, N-methylpyrolidone, trifluoroethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2-methoxyethyl ether, ethyl acetate, glycol, N,N-dimethyl formamide, or a combination thereof.

12. The process of claim 1, wherein the third organic solvent is one or more C1-4 alcohols, one or more C1-4 haloalkanes, acetonitrile, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, toluene, xylene, tetrahydrofuran, ethyl acetate, acetone, or a combination thereof, or wherein the third organic solvent is dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrachloromethane, acetonitrile, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, tetrahydrofuran, methanol, ethanol, propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, ethyl acetate, acetone, or a combination thereof.

13. The process of claim 1, wherein the halogenating reaction in step (B) is carried out in the presence of a halogenating agent, and wherein the halogenating agent is N-bromosuccinimide, N-chlorosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, or 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, or a combination thereof.

14. The process of claim 1, wherein the transesterification in step (C) is performed in the presence of a base, and wherein the base is formed by reacting lithium, sodium, or potassium or a combination thereof with a C1-4 alcohol.

15. The process of claim 14, wherein the C1-4 alcohol is methanol, ethanol, propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, i-butanol, or tert-butanol, and wherein the lithium, sodium or potassium or a combination thereof is applied in an amount of 2 equivalents to 6 equivalents per 1 equivalent by mole of the compound of Formula (VIIa).

16. The process of claim 1, wherein the compound of Formula (IVa) in step (A) is prepared by a process comprising reacting a compound of Formula (VIIIa) with a compound of Formula (IX),

17. A compound having Formula (Va), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Va1), or a salt thereof, or a combination thereof,



wherein each R1 and R2 is independently F, Cl, or Br;
R3b is methoxy or ethoxy;
R3a is H or C1-3 alkyl;
each R9 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkylthio, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a), or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8;
each R7a and R7 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; or R7a and R7, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 cycloalkyl group, C2-9 heterocyclyl group, or —(C═O)—;
each R8 and R8a is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, amino-C1-4-alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl, C1-9 heteroaryl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl-C1-6-alkyl, C1-9 heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-S(═O)q—, C1-9 heteroaryl-S(═O)q—, C3-6 cycloalkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl-S(═O)q—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H;
each m is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
R10 is H or deuterium;
f is 1, 2, 3, or 4;
j is 0, 1, or 2;
Z is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t, or —N(R4)—;
t is 0, 1, or 2; and
R4 is H or C1-4 alkyl.

18. The compound of claim 17 having Formula (Va-1), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Va1-1), or a salt thereof, or a combination thereof,

19. The compound of claim 17 having Formula (Va-2), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Va1-2), or a salt thereof, or a combination thereof,



wherein R1 is F or Cl; and R2 is Cl or Br;
Z is —O—, —S—, or —N(CH3)—;
R3b is methoxy or ethoxy; and
R3a is H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or propyl.

20. A process for preparing a dihydropyrimidine compound having Formula (I), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia),



wherein each R1 and R2 is independently F, Cl, or Br;
R3 is C1-4 alkyl;
Z is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t, or —N(R4)—;
Y is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)t, —(CH2)q-, or —N(R5)—;
each t and q is independently 0, 1, or 2;
each of R4 and R5 is independently H or C1-4 alkyl;
each R6 is independently H, deuterium, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)N(R8R8a);
each R7a and R7 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8; or R7a and R7, together with the carbon atom to which they are attached, form a C3-6 cycloalkyl group, C2-9 heterocyclyl group, or —(C═O)—;
each R8 and R8a is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, amino-C1-4-alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, C1-6 alkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl, C1-9 heteroaryl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl, C6-10 aryl-C1-6-alkyl, C1-9 heteroaryl-C1-6-alkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl-C1-4-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-C1-6-alkyl, C2-9 heterocyclyl-S(═O)q—, C1-9 heteroaryl-S(═O)q—, C3-6 cycloalkyl-S(═O)q—, C6-10 aryl-S(═O)q—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H;
each R9 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 alkylthio, C1-4 haloalkyl, C3-6 cycloalkyl, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a), or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8;
R10 is H or deuterium;
n is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5;
each m is independently 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4;
f is 1, 2, 3, or 4; and
j is 0, 1, or 2;
wherein the process comprises the steps of:
step (1): reacting an amidine compound of Formula (II), or a salt thereof




with an aldehyde compound of Formula (III)




and a compound of Formula (IVa)




to obtain a compound (Va),




step (2): forming a compound of Formula (X) from a compound of Formula (Va) by means of a transesterification,




wherein R3b is methoxy or ethoxy; and
R3a is H or C1-3 alkyl; and
step (3): halogenating the compound of Formula (X) in a fourth organic solvent to form a halide; and then reacting the halide with a compound of Formula (VI), or a salt thereof to obtain a compound of Formula (I) or Formula (Ia),

21. The process of claim 20, wherein the dihydropyrimidine compound has Formula (I-1), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-1),



wherein, each R6 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)N(R8R8a); and
each R7a and R7 is independently H, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, —(CH2)m—OH, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8.

22. The process of claim 21, wherein the dihydropyrimidine compound has Formula (I-2), or a tautomer thereof having Formula (Ia-2),



wherein R1 is F or Cl; and R2 is Cl or Br.

23. The process of claim 20, wherein
R3 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, or butyl;
Z is —O—, —S—, or —N(CH3)—;
Y is —O—, —S—, —S(═O)2—, or —(CH2)q—;
each R6 is independently H, halo, C1-4 alkyl, C1-4 haloalkyl, amino, C1-4 alkylamino, C1-4 alkoxy, nitro, triazolyl, tetrazyl, —(CR7R7a)m—OH, —S(═O)qOR8a, —(CR7R7a)m—S(═O)qN(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)t—N(R8a)2, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)O—R8, —(CR7R7a)m—OC(═O)—R8, or —(CR7R7a)m—C(═O)—N(R8R8a);
each R7a and R7 is independently H, methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, or —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—R8;
each R8 and R8a is independently H, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, aminomethyl, methoxy, C1-4 alkyl-S(═O)2—, phenyl, pyridyl, thiazolyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrrolyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, diazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyranyl, triazinyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropyl-S(═O)2—, cyclobutyl-S(═O)2—, cyclopentyl-S(═O)2—, cyclohexyl-S(═O)2—, naphthyl-S(═O)2—, phenyl-S(═O)2—, —(CH2)m—OH, —(CH2)m—C(═O)O—(CH2)m—H, or —(CH2)m—OC(═O)—(CH2)m—H;
R3b is methoxy or ethoxy; and
R3a is H, methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or propyl.

24. The process of claim 20, wherein the transesterification in step (2) is performed in the present of a base, wherein the base is formed by reacting lithium, sodium, or potassium or a combination thereof with a C1-4 alcohol, wherein the C1-4 alcohol is methanol, ethanol, propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, i-butanol, or tert-butanol, and wherein the lithium, sodium, potassium or a combination thereof is applied in an amount of 2 equivalents to 8 equivalents per 1 equivalent by mole of the compound of Formula (Va).

25. The process of claim 20, wherein the fourth organic solvent is one or more C1-4 alcohols, one or more C1-4 haloalkanes, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, toluene, xylene, tetrahydrofuran, acetone, or a combination thereof, or the forth organic solvent is methanol, ethanol, propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrachloromethane, ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, tetrahydrofuran, acetone, or a combination thereof.

26. The process of claim 20, wherein the halogenating reaction in step (3) is carried out in the presence of a halogenating agent, and wherein the halogenating agent is N-bromosuccinimide, N-chlorosuccinimide, N-iodosuccinimide, 1,3-dibromo-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, 1,3-dichloro-5,5-dimethylhydantoin, or a combination thereof.

27. The process of claim 10, wherein each of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is independently a C1-4 alcohol, a C1-4 alcohol-water mixture, acetone, diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, petroleum ether, tetrahydrofuran, acetonitrile, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, n-hexane, a C1-4 haloalkane solvent, ethyl acetate, trifluoroethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2-methoxyethyl ether, N,N-dimethyl formamide, N-methylpyrolidone, or a combination thereof, or wherein each of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is independently methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, i-propanol, n-butanol, tert-butanol, an ethanol-water mixture at a volume ratio of from 10:90 to 90:10, acetone, tetrahydrofuran, N-methylpyrolidone, trifluoroethanol, 2-methoxyethanol, 1,2-dimethoxyethane, 2-methoxyethyl ether, ethyl acetate, glycol, N,N-dimethyl formamide, or a combination thereof.